____________________________________________________________________________________

Simian Pro
Version 2.3

Manual
Information Validation Codes Website
[email protected] [email protected] www.bsiusa.com

Sales Technical Support

Phone: 541-338-8588 541-342-5250
Fax: 541-338-8656
[email protected] support.bsiusa.com

Broadcast Software International

909 International Way
Springfield, Oregon 97477 USA

Copyright 1989-2015. All Rights Reserved.

10 February 2015 – Manual Revision 2.3.0P

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 1
____________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents:
QUICK START ...........................................................................................................................................................7
QUICK CONFIGURATION .............................................................................................................................................7
QUICK PLAYBACK ......................................................................................................................................................8
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION...............................................................................................................................9
Simian Features ................................................................................................................................................... 10
Ease of Use .......................................................................................................................................................... 10
Advanced Technology .......................................................................................................................................... 10
Versatility ............................................................................................................................................................ 10
Other Simian Features: ....................................................................................................................................... 10
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................................................................... 11
CONTACT US: ........................................................................................................................................................... 12
CHAPTER 2: OVERVIEW ...................................................................................................................................... 13
WINDOWS ISSUES ..................................................................................................................................................... 13
PC MANAGEMENT .................................................................................................................................................... 13
Your PC as Broadcast Equipment ....................................................................................................................... 14
Why Use Professional Sound Cards? .................................................................................................................. 15
Production Issues ................................................................................................................................................ 15
CHOOSING AUDIO FILE FORMATS ............................................................................................................................ 15
Considerations ..................................................................................................................................................... 15
So, what is a file format anyway? ........................................................................................................................ 15
SIMIAN CONCEPTS AND TERMINOLOGY.................................................................................................................... 17
Events, Logs, Carts, and Sets............................................................................................................................... 17
THE EVENT BUILDER IN A NUTSHELL....................................................................................................................... 18
SOUNDHOUND IN A NUTSHELL................................................................................................................................. 18
THE WELCOME LOG IN A NUTSHELL ........................................................................................................................ 20
THE ASYNCHRONOUS DECK IN A NUTSHELL ............................................................................................................ 20
FILE SYNC IN A NUTSHELL ....................................................................................................................................... 21
WEATHER UTILITY IN A NUTSHELL .......................................................................................................................... 21
HARDWARE CONNECTORS IN A NUTSHELL............................................................................................................... 22
CHAPTER 3: SETUP & CONFIGURATION........................................................................................................ 23
BEFORE YOU INSTALL SIMIAN: ................................................................................................................................ 23
INSTALLING SIMIAN ................................................................................................................................................. 24
Considerations ..................................................................................................................................................... 24
Validating Simian ................................................................................................................................................ 29
CONFIGURING SOUNDHOUND .................................................................................................................................. 30
SoundHound and Path Configuration ................................................................................................................. 30
Folders ................................................................................................................................................................. 31
Audio Files........................................................................................................................................................... 31
Options ................................................................................................................................................................ 31
Log ....................................................................................................................................................................... 32
Status ................................................................................................................................................................... 32
About BSI ............................................................................................................................................................. 32
SoundHound Menus ............................................................................................................................................. 32
PRODUCTION MODE ................................................................................................................................................. 33
Production Sessions ............................................................................................................................................. 33
NETWORKING SIMIAN .............................................................................................................................................. 34
What Changed? ................................................................................................................................................... 34
Summary of Changes ........................................................................................................................................... 34
Hard Drive Setup ................................................................................................................................................. 35
TCP/IP Settings ................................................................................................................................................... 35
Install & Configure Simian for Networking......................................................................................................... 37
____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 2
____________________________________________________________________________________
Setting Up Paths .................................................................................................................................................. 38
Synchronizing Audio Files and Program Logs .................................................................................................... 39
Conclusion ........................................................................................................................................................... 39
Alternative Network Methods .............................................................................................................................. 39
"LIVE UPDATE" IN SIMIAN ....................................................................................................................................... 40
Overview: ............................................................................................................................................................ 40
SIMIAN HARDWARE & PROGRAM OPTIONS .............................................................................................................. 41
CONFIGURING PLAYBACK SETTINGS ........................................................................................................................ 41
CONFIGURING RECORD SETTINGS ............................................................................................................................ 43
CONFIGURING TRIGGERS .......................................................................................................................................... 44
Trigger Setup ....................................................................................................................................................... 44
Trigger Configuration in Simian ......................................................................................................................... 44
CONFIGURING RELAYS ............................................................................................................................................. 45
Relay Device Installation ..................................................................................................................................... 45
Relay Setup .......................................................................................................................................................... 45
CONFIGURING SERIAL COMMUNICATION ................................................................................................................. 45
Programming Serials ........................................................................................................................................... 45
Serial Configuration in Simian ............................................................................................................................ 46
CONFIGURING NETWORK OPTIONS........................................................................................................................... 47
Enabling Remote Gateway Connection ............................................................................................................... 47
Incoming IP Address Filters ................................................................................................................................ 48
Incoming MetaData Control................................................................................................................................ 48
CONFIGURING HARDWARE CONNECTOR SETTINGS .................................................................................................. 48
CONFIGURING CATEGORIES...................................................................................................................................... 49
CONFIGURING WINDOWS© MEDIA ENCODER SERVICES .......................................................................................... 51
CONFIGURING STREAMING (HTTP CALL) OUTPUT................................................................................................... 51
CONFIGURING METADATA (PAD, UDP/TCP) OUTPUT ............................................................................................ 52
Creating a Metadata Template ............................................................................................................................ 53
Configuring Metadata Settings ............................................................................................................................ 53
CONFIGURING MIXERS ............................................................................................................................................. 54
CONFIGURING SPYGLASS ......................................................................................................................................... 56
Status Tab ............................................................................................................................................................ 56
Times/Debug Tab ................................................................................................................................................. 56
Playback Decks Tab ............................................................................................................................................ 56
Expert Tab ........................................................................................................................................................... 56
Serial Port Tab .................................................................................................................................................... 56
CONFIGURING SECURITY OPTIONS ........................................................................................................................... 57
Menus Tab ........................................................................................................................................................... 57
Operation Tab...................................................................................................................................................... 57
Admin Password Tab ........................................................................................................................................... 57
CONFIGURING THE VOICETRACK EDITOR ................................................................................................................ 58
CONFIGURING CRASH RECOVERY ............................................................................................................................ 59
CONFIGURING AUTOREPLACE .................................................................................................................................. 59
CONFIGURING TIMESYNC ......................................................................................................................................... 60
CONFIGURING THE SIMIAN FILE SYNC UTILITY........................................................................................................ 61
CHAPTER 4 OPERATION...................................................................................................................................... 63
LEARNING THE SIMIAN INTERFACE .......................................................................................................................... 63
Menus .................................................................................................................................................................. 63
Time & Date ........................................................................................................................................................ 64
Playback Decks.................................................................................................................................................... 64
Program Log........................................................................................................................................................ 65
Audio List............................................................................................................................................................. 65
Tool Panels .......................................................................................................................................................... 65
Bottom Buttons .................................................................................................................................................... 66
Status Bar ............................................................................................................................................................ 66
USING PROGRAM LOGS ............................................................................................................................................ 67

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 3
____________________________________________________________________________________
CREATING PROGRAM LOGS ...................................................................................................................................... 69
Manually Creating a New Program Log ............................................................................................................. 69
Manually Editing Program Logs ......................................................................................................................... 69
Verifying Program Logs ...................................................................................................................................... 70
Chaining Logs...................................................................................................................................................... 71
Importing and Merging Logs ............................................................................................................................... 74
USING THE AUDIO LIST ............................................................................................................................................ 79
USING EVENT LOGS ................................................................................................................................................. 80
USING THE AFFIDAVIT REPORT GENERATOR............................................................................................................ 81
USING THE EVENT BUILDER ..................................................................................................................................... 83
The Audio Tab ..................................................................................................................................................... 85
The Record Tab ................................................................................................................................................... 86
The App Tab ........................................................................................................................................................ 87
The Log Tab ......................................................................................................................................................... 88
The Macro Tab .................................................................................................................................................... 88
Text/Tag Tab ........................................................................................................................................................ 89
Video Tab............................................................................................................................................................. 89
Script Tab ............................................................................................................................................................ 90
Comment Tab....................................................................................................................................................... 90
USING THE INFO EDITOR .......................................................................................................................................... 91
The Description/Tones Tab.................................................................................................................................. 91
The Times/Album Tab .......................................................................................................................................... 92
The Authoring Tab ............................................................................................................................................... 92
The Commercial Tab ........................................................................................................................................... 93
The Music Tab ..................................................................................................................................................... 93
The About Tab ..................................................................................................................................................... 94
USING CARTS ........................................................................................................................................................... 94
Creating and Editing Carts ................................................................................................................................. 95
Carts as Tools ...................................................................................................................................................... 96
SmartCarts ........................................................................................................................................................... 96
USING MACROS ........................................................................................................................................................ 98
Definitions & Parameters .................................................................................................................................... 98
USING HOTKEYS ...................................................................................................................................................... 99
USING MIXERS ......................................................................................................................................................... 99
Control between one and four faders .................................................................................................................. 99
Controlling the mixers ......................................................................................................................................... 99
RECORDING ............................................................................................................................................................ 100
Using Record Decks .......................................................................................................................................... 100
Recording (Automated)...................................................................................................................................... 101
Time-Shift Recording ......................................................................................................................................... 101
USING THE VOICE TRACK EDITOR .......................................................................................................................... 102
Tracks ................................................................................................................................................................ 102
Tool Bar ............................................................................................................................................................. 102
Quick Voice Tracking ........................................................................................................................................ 103
USING PITCH SHIFT ................................................................................................................................................ 104
Automatic Pitch Shifting .................................................................................................................................... 104
Manual Pitch Shifting ........................................................................................................................................ 104
USING BACKTIME .................................................................................................................................................. 105
USING MEMORIZED EVENTS................................................................................................................................... 105
USING SCHEDULED EVENTS ................................................................................................................................... 106
USING RELAYS (GPO) ............................................................................................................................................ 106
USING TRIGGERS (GPI) .......................................................................................................................................... 106
USING SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS.......................................................................................................................... 107
USING AUTOMATION MODES ................................................................................................................................. 107
Full Automation ................................................................................................................................................. 107
Live-Assist.......................................................................................................................................................... 107
Automation OFF ................................................................................................................................................ 108

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 4
____________________________________________________________________________________
USING DYNAMIC HTML PAGES ............................................................................................................................. 108
Dynamic HTML Pages For The Web Geek: ...................................................................................................... 109
USING KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS .............................................................................................................................. 111
VoiceTrack Keyboard Shortcuts ........................................................................................................................ 112
CHAPTER 5 TROUBLESHOOTING................................................................................................................... 113
OPTIMIZING WINDOWS® ......................................................................................................................................... 113
INSTALLATION PROBLEMS ...................................................................................................................................... 113
RANDOM PROBLEMS .............................................................................................................................................. 115
SOUND PROBLEMS .................................................................................................................................................. 115
Windows® Sound Problems ............................................................................................................................... 115
Basic Sound Troubleshooting: ........................................................................................................................... 115
Simian Sound Problems ..................................................................................................................................... 115
TROUBLESHOOTING TRIGGERS ............................................................................................................................... 116
TROUBLESHOOTING RELAYS .................................................................................................................................. 116
TROUBLESHOOTING SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS..................................................................................................... 116
TECHNICAL SUPPORT ............................................................................................................................................. 117
TECHNICAL SUPPORT OR TRAINING? ...................................................................................................................... 119
Tech Support ...................................................................................................................................................... 119
Training ............................................................................................................................................................. 119
Customer Assistance Contact info ..................................................................................................................... 119
CHAPTER 6: REFERENCE .................................................................................................................................. 120
MENUS ................................................................................................................................................................... 120
File Menu........................................................................................................................................................... 120
Edit Menu .......................................................................................................................................................... 120
Log Menu ........................................................................................................................................................... 121
Async Menu ....................................................................................................................................................... 122
Tools Menu ........................................................................................................................................................ 123
WMES Menu ...................................................................................................................................................... 123
BSI Menu ........................................................................................................................................................... 124
Window Menu .................................................................................................................................................... 124
Help Menu ......................................................................................................................................................... 124
SIMIAN PROGRAM OPTIONS.................................................................................................................................... 125
Tools | Program Options - General ................................................................................................................... 125
Tools | Program Options – Categories .............................................................................................................. 130
Tools | Program Options – Paths ...................................................................................................................... 131
Tools | Program Options – Events ..................................................................................................................... 132
Tools | Program Options – Log Import ............................................................................................................. 133
Tools | Program Options – FlexTime ................................................................................................................ 133
Tools | Program Options – Email Notifications ................................................................................................ 134
Tools | Program Options – HTML ..................................................................................................................... 134
Tools | Program Options – Streaming ............................................................................................................... 135
Tools | Program Options – Metadata ................................................................................................................ 135
SIMIAN HARDWARE OPTIONS ................................................................................................................................. 136
Playback Tab ..................................................................................................................................................... 136
Record Tab ........................................................................................................................................................ 137
Hardware Tab.................................................................................................................................................... 137
Serial Com Tab .................................................................................................................................................. 138
Network Tab ...................................................................................................................................................... 138
Connector Tab ................................................................................................................................................... 139
WEATHER INFORMATION ....................................................................................................................................... 140
MANUAL METADATA ............................................................................................................................................. 141
Setup .................................................................................................................................................................. 141
Usage ................................................................................................................................................................. 141
LANGUAGE EDITOR ................................................................................................................................................ 142
Setup .................................................................................................................................................................. 142

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 5
____________________________________________________________________________________
APPENDIX .............................................................................................................................................................. 143
MACROS ................................................................................................................................................................. 143
CONTACT INFORMATION ........................................................................................................................................ 175
OTHER PRODUCTS FROM BSI AND OUR PARTNERS ................................................................................................ 176
VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION .......................................................................................................................... 177
LEGAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................................................................. 177
GLOSSARY ............................................................................................................................................................. 178
INDEX ...................................................................................................................................................................... 186

In addition to the table of contents, we have included several other navigational aids in this manual.
Special icons will alert you to items of particular significance:

A useful tip or cool feature.

Take note, be cautious, and read carefully.

ALERT - Extreme caution.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 6
____________________________________________________________________________________

Quick Start
This section is designed for those of you who don’t want to (or don’t have the time to) read the full
manual. We will go over the basics of how to make Simian play audio files, but we will go no further. If
you’d like to learn more, you’ll have to delve deeper into this fantastic manual.

Quick Configuration
The Simian installation program will configure your computer with default settings and load a
demonstration Program Log and sample audio onto your computer. As soon as you start Simian the
demonstration is automatically loaded and runs continuously.
This Quick Configuration guide will provide an easy way to add more audio files to the demonstration –
for details of how to configure the more advanced features of Simian, please read the relevant section of
the manual.

Simian comes with a companion application, called SoundHound,

which is usually automatically launched. If you look carefully in
the System Tray, you’ll see a little pair of binoculars – that’s
SoundHound! Figure 0.1

SoundHound monitors specified folders on your

hard-disk drive looking for new audio files. When
it finds them, it extracts the Artist and Title
information and automatically adds them to
Simian’s audio database.
By default, SoundHound is only monitoring the
c:\bsi32\audio folder as shown here, which
is where the demonstration audio is installed.
Here’s how to add your own folders to
SoundHound by clicking the relevant icon.
Figure 0.2
Add Folder

Add Friendly Name

Remove Folder

Clicking the Add Folder icon will allow you to browse

your computer for folders containing audio files and add
them one by one. When you have finished, you can
minimize SoundHound (you need to leave the program
running so it monitors the audio folders).
SoundHound may take a few moments to scan all your
folders the first time and will add them all to the Audio
Database…this will depend on the number of files. It
should only take a couple of minutes at the most if you
have 1,000 to 2,000 files – but will take considerably
longer if you have more files.
Figure 0.3

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 7
____________________________________________________________________________________
Simian is designed to work comfortably with audio file amounts found at most radio stations.
If you have tens of thousands of audio files, you should limit the number of files being
monitored by SoundHound by storing them in different folders and only moving those files
you are actually planning to use at the time into a monitored folder.

Quick Playback
Now that SoundHound is monitoring these folders the files will appear in the Event Builder.
Event Builder is the section of Simian where all the Events that can be executed by Simian are listed.
This includes the most common Audio Files and Macro Commands. Events can be executed in the
Program Log, Scheduled Events, Trigger, HotKeys and Serial Sets.

You can start the Event Builder using the CTRL-B keyboard shortcut,
Tools | Event Builder on the main menu, or by clicking the Event
Builder icon. Figure 0.4

If Event Builder doesn’t start with the Audio tab

displayed, click it so that your screen looks like
Figure 0.5.
Scroll down the list to highlight different audio
files, then using the Drag From Here area
either drag and drop (holding the Left mouse
button) to insert the new audio into your Program
Log; or hold the Right button while dragging to
replace the log item (overwrite).
By using the Windows CTRL+CLICK and
SHIFT+CLICK shortcuts, you can select multiple
files, or (within limits) groups of sequential files in
just the same way you’d create / modify multiple
file selections in Windows Explorer.
Notice that the Cue option is a + which means
AutoStart. This causes events in the Program
Log (or Virtual Carts) to play one after the other
when in Auto (full automation) mode. The Cue
column of the Program Log will also have the +
sign displayed.
Figure 0.5

Once you have a selection of files in the Program Log, double-click the
first Event to load the Play Decks, or click the Make Next button.
When you’re ready to go, just click the Play button at the bottom of the
screen (as shown on the left in Figure 0.7). Figure 0.6

Figure 0.7

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 8
____________________________________________________________________________________

CHAPTER 1: Introduction

Figure 1.1

Welcome to Simian. BSI is proud to introduce you to the latest generation of powerful, easy-to-use,
professional broadcast software. Simian is truly a “radio station in a box” that can run your station
unattended or handle the most ambitious operator-assisted tasks. It combines the best features of the
®
most expensive systems with the flexibility of the Windows PC environment to bring you affordable, high
quality digital audio software.
Simian is designed to be an open, flexible system. This design makes Simian compatible with the other
hardware and software you are likely to own. It doesn’t require expensive black boxes, accessories or
®
custom operating systems. If you’re accustomed to Windows software, you’ll be comfortable moving
around in Simian. This is because the developers at BSI are Microsoft Certified and have experience in
either broadcast production or air studio environments. They designed the software to look and feel like a
®
traditional radio station tool without straying too far from the tried and true standards of Windows
applications.
Simian's flexibility means more choices in the way you automate. Live-assist and manual modes give
moment-by-moment control to the operator. In live-assist mode, the operator decides exactly what and
when to automate as needed. Manual mode gives complete control to the operator at all times. Full
Automation mode allows your radio station to run unattended whether the programming comes from your
hard drive, a satellite content provider, or a mixture of the two.
Flexibility also means Simian can accept files from virtually any traffic and billing management or music
scheduling system. Simian uses a variable import filter when reading files from other systems. In other
words, as long as you can describe the way your incoming files look, Simian will be able to import them.
Simian has many other outstanding features -- true "cart" capability, HotKeys, external device control and
direct integration with any audio editor just to name a few. With over 2500 successfully installed systems
worldwide and a continually improving product, we’re confident you’ll be pleased with Simian.
We hope you enjoy your new software.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 9
____________________________________________________________________________________

Simian Features
Simian’s best features are its ease of use, advanced technology and high versatility. Let’s take a quick
look at each of these features.

Ease of Use
• Runs on Windows XP Pro, Windows 7 Professional 32/64 bit, or Windows 8/8.1 32/64 bit.
• Drag-and-drop Program Log building and editing.
• Click-and-record on-screen Voice Track editing.
• Full satellite automation, audio-on-hard-drive automation, or live-assist operation.
• Free upgrades with a current Tech Care Plan.
• Wide-ranging technical support options with phone based Tech Care Plans and web based Ticket
System.

Advanced Technology
• True background and timed recording while playing.
• True “Triple-overlap” Voice Tracking with capable hardware.
• Variable segue and intro times for each cut.
• Label information can be embedded in audio files, no outside lists.
• True overlap and segue from many single sound cards.
• True “cart” capability (several audio cuts per cart).

Versatility
• Run multiple instances of Simian on one PC for complete redundancy in multiple station
environments.
• Launch and run other Windows programs.
• Controllable via console buttons or contact closures.
• Up to 32 relays to control external devices (tape machines, satellite receivers, even coffee
makers ☺).
• Up to 32 incoming “Triggers” to accept control from the receiver, air board or other device.
• Serial communication with external devices.
• Programmable log import for compatibility with virtually any traffic and billing system.
• Support for unlimited number of broadcast networks.

Other Simian Features:

• Three main playback decks
• Two record decks
• Mixer with user-defined labels
• Voice Track recording & advanced editing
• Automatic segue controls
• Dynamic HTML generation
• Time-shift recording
• Programmable serial port communication

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 10
____________________________________________________________________________________

System Requirements
Although Simian will run on a variety of PC hardware platforms (we do not impose any restrictions) for
peace of mind, we strongly suggest that you consider purchasing a fully configured system direct from
BSI that is ready to operate out of the box (we can even pre-load a Music Library from our MusicStore for
you).
These hardware configurations have been thoroughly tested with Simian and are known to work well
when properly configured by BSI Technicians. Most ‘off-the-shelf’ PCs will require careful configuration
as Multimedia machines, rather than general office computers.
BSI systems are built using Dell computers and include a 3-year On-Site Warranty; or we can customize
a 19" Rack Mounted solution for you using branded components that we have tried and tested.
If you decide to source your own hardware from other vendors then you will be responsible for any
additional costs incurred to correctly configure your Hardware or Windows Operating System. BSI
Technical Support is limited to hardware or software that BSI has supplied and reserves the right to
charge for configuration of third-party hardware / software that has been purchased elsewhere.

Our recommended platform is:

• Dell Optiplex GX7020 Mid-Tower Computer configured with an Operating System hard drive and
a large storage hard drive dedicated to audio files. (A 250 GB hard drive will store 5,000+ songs
on average in Linear PCM format. We do not advise monitoring more audio files than this at any
one given time.)
• Intel Core i5 or Xeon 2.4GHz or better
• Minimum 1GB RAM (2GB for Windows 7 or 4GB for Windows 8 or more recommended)
• Windows XP Professional with SP3, Windows 7 Professional 32bit, or Windows 8.1 64bit
• Professional AudioScience Audio Card with four playback devices and hardware mixer controls
and metering.
• 19" or larger monitor running at 1280 x 1024 or higher resolution (21” 1920x1080 recommended)
• Optional dual-output video card
• Optional touch-screen
• Optimized for multi-media play out by BSI technicians, rather than ‘appearance’ or office
applications. BSI Technical Support does not cover the cost of configuring computer systems or
other hardware not purchased by BSI.
Although Simian will run on lesser configurations, this is known be a good, stable platform that will run for
extended periods of time. Please check with BSI Sales for latest model specifications. We do not
recommend running Simian on any server based operating System, including Windows 2003, 2008
or 2012.
If you are sourcing your own computers & hardware, please ensure that all the hardware is fully
compatible with the motherboard - and pay particular attention to memory and cooling.
We have put together a list of some of the major pitfalls to avoid:

• Any server based operating system (including Windows 2003, 2008, or 2012)
• Windows Vista (any type) is not supported.
• Celeron or AMD Processors – we prefer Genuine Intel (Core 2 Duo, Core i or Xeon) CPUs
• Non-Intel Chipsets (these have all proved troublesome in the past)
• Software RAID / SCSI / Emulated Drives - use PATA & SATA drives and hardware RAIDs when
necessary.
• 'Cheap' Memory - make sure you use a brand recommended by your motherboard manufacturer.
• Flimsy, thin cases with little RF shielding

(Continued on next page)

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 11
____________________________________________________________________________________

• Consumer Grade Audio Cards (these almost always lack the features required for some of
Simian's advanced operations and virtually none provide 100% compatible Windows Mixer
control).

In general, we also recommend that for music-on-hard-drive stations, two PCs be used... one for the On
Air Studio and the other for Production. While it's fine to do log-building and other basic Simian functions
on the air machine, it is usually better to edit music files and do other resource-consuming tasks on a
computer that isn’t actually broadcasting.

Contact Us:
Home Page: http://www.bsiusa.com
Support Page: http://support.bsiusa.com

Info email: [email protected]

The front desk: (541) 338-8588
Sales phone: 1-888-274-8721
Tech Support phone: (541) 342-5250
Validation Codes: http://www.bsiusa.com/codes/

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 12
____________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter 2: Overview
This section is intended to give you all of the information that you need before you set up Simian. It will
cover a variety of “Gotchas” and other issues that will make the whole process go much more smoothly.

Windows Issues
It has been said that the main strength of Simian is that it runs in Windows, just like any other application.
It has also been said that the main weakness of Simian is that it runs in Windows, just like any other
application. Simian is easy to use, and the interface has been designed to operate in ways that “radio
people” will find familiar. However, when you make the decision to run your radio station on a computer, it
becomes important that the people who set up and maintain that computer have an appropriate level of
knowledge. It’s usually pretty easy for the DJ’s and operators to learn enough to operate Simian with a
minimum of computer knowledge. However, just like you need a knowledgeable radio engineer to handle
all of the electronics involved in this industry, you’ll need a knowledgeable computer technician to handle
the computers that have become invaluable to this industry.
®
Which flavor of Windows is the best for Simian? There are a number of considerations when picking an
operating system. To make things simple, we recommend Windows 7 Professional or Windows 8.1, as
they have been tested by BSI and found to be stable and can run unattended without a reboot for longer
periods of time. We do not recommend or support any Home/limited versions, or Ultimate/advanced
versions of Windows for use with Simian as they either don’t have full network functionality or they load
on extra non-essential UI graphics functions. BSI also does not recommend or support any server or
advanced server flavors of Windows.

PC Management
Organizing your files well can make or break your success with Simian. Here are some of the most
important considerations:
File names – BSI highly recommends that you use the old DOS 8.3 file naming convention. Most audio
file formats have tagging information available directly in the file, so 100 character file names are not
needed. Simian does a lot of file lookups and it takes much more time for your PC to look up
“This_is_the_title_this_is_the_artist_this_is_the_album.wav” than to look up “71335.wav”
Working your on-air PC and your production PC into your existing network is very important to the future
efficiency of your organization. Make sure that you read our section entitled “Networking Simian” before
integrating your new PC’s or setting up a new network.
You have complete control over where you put any files on your computer. In Simian on the Paths tab
under Tools/Program Options you can completely control where Simian looks for the files that it needs
and writes the files that it creates. For information on how to index audio files, check out the section on
SoundHound.
Design your maintenance schedule now. It is important to have a schedule for rebooting, running
scandisk, and defragmenting your hard drive. These operations take much less time if they are performed
regularly.
Do not run antivirus software on your air machine. This is very important because in some situations
antivirus software can cause audio break-up on-air. Our recommendation is to install your choice of
antivirus applications on your production machine and run it, on a scheduled basis, from across the
network. This leaves the on-air PC without the performance hit and file availability issues caused by
antivirus software constantly scanning files.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 13
____________________________________________________________________________________

Your PC as Broadcast Equipment

Computers are often viewed as isolated devices much like any office machine, in that they can be
protected against power transients by a simple protected power strip. However, when you make the
commitment to install Simian and your entire library of music, commercials and station production
packages, your computer suddenly becomes a major piece of critical broadcast equipment.
Normally, broadcast equipment is mounted in grounded metal racks, and the individual devices that sit on
the rack are still separately bonded to a master station ground. This should also be done with the
computers and any other computer-connected equipment. Since a typical computer does not usually
have a specified bonding connection, you or your engineer should look for a convenient screw near the
power supply that is firmly screwed into the metal chassis. A # 14 or larger wire should be run from there
to the nearest equipment bonding (grounding) point.
You'll also want to use protected power strips to further isolate your system from interference or electrical
problems. These can also protect external connections like the telephone line that is connected to your
modem. By far, the best means of overall protection against serious electrical problems is to use an un-
interruptible power supply (UPS). The proper type to use is the kind that continuously charges a battery.
The battery then operates a power converter to provide power to the protected load (the computer and its
equipment). Some UPS devices use fast switching to transfer the load from AC mains to converted
battery power and therefore do not provide as much protection.
Another extremely important issue is adequate cooling and freedom of access. A reasonably dust free
environment, off the floor with good air circulation is what you should seek. Remember as well, that in
time of emergency or when certain support questions need to be answered, you may be asked to check
the connections on the back of the machine. A good installation requires accessibility.
If you are in a building with the broadcast transmitter locally installed, you should consult with your
engineer about possible ‘special’ protection that may be needed. This may include shielded network
cables, choke protected telephone lines, ferrite beads on Trigger wires, physical screening or other
specialized practices. Care should also be exercised with wire runs. For example, network and telephone
cables should be run away from AC wiring. All audio wiring should be shielded and the shield
appropriately grounded.
These simple procedures will not only make your station more reliable, but can save you time and money
spent troubleshooting "ghost problems".

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 14
____________________________________________________________________________________

Why Use Professional Sound Cards?

Professional Audio Cards are the most important investment that you can make to transform your high
quality PC into a professional audio device. Professional audio cards provide the highest possible audio
quality from your PC. Think of all of the efforts of all of the people in your organization, from the GM, to
your talent, to your sales people… All of the efforts of all of these people flow through that one audio
device. This alone is a great reason to step up to professional equipment. Quality audio devices also
provide the functionality that you need to make your station sound the best! Here are a few examples of
the types of features available with professional grade audio devices:
Multiple audio devices provide true overlap. Many single professional grade audio devices can perform
triple overlap playback all by themselves!
Record while you’re playing back. You can play back, record, or do both at once. With many of these
cards you can record Rush Limbaugh while doing triple overlap. Try that on a consumer grade card.
Decompress and play back files with very little strain on your computer’s processor. That’s right, on-board
decompression takes over the load so that your processor is free to handle other automation tasks.
It all boils down to one simple fact. You could run your radio station with that “pro” soundboard from Radio
Shack, but you don’t. So why run your million-dollar radio station with a consumer grade sound card?

Production Issues
While Simian can be run on the air while you’re doing production work, we cannot guarantee that the
production features will not slow down the computer and affect on-air playback. Look at it this way; A few
years ago it was not uncommon for a radio station to pay $3000 for a single cart machine. A production
computer with a pro sound card can cost as little as $2000, and you can run Simian in Production Mode,
which is much less expensive than Full Mode. Do the right thing for your business and your employees…
Set up a production machine. You’ll thank yourself later.

Choosing Audio File Formats

One of the most common questions people ask when they’re setting up Simian is “What audio file format
should I use?”. Technical Support will tell you that uncompressed PCM WAV format is hands down the
best choice. The reality is that you’ll need to do some research. In the interest of making this question a
little less daunting, we’ve gathered the information that you’ll need to make an informed decision
regarding your choice of file format.

Considerations
The file formats listed here are the most commonly used in the Broadcast Industry. This is by no means
an exhaustive list of file formats or compression schemes.
Simian can play any file format that Microsoft Windows® can play. You should use Windows Sound
Recorder (not Media Player) to test a format. In short, if it’ll play in Sound Recorder on a particular audio
device, it’ll play in Simian on that audio device (an audio device is a sound card or part of a sound card).

So, what is a file format anyway?

To truly understand file formats, we’ll need to discuss the different properties of file formats in general.
Let’s go ahead and look at the properties of an audio file:
Format. Common Formats are PCM, ADPCM, and MPEG. The word “format” simply describes the
method for keeping the audio information (and the compression scheme, but we’ll get to that later).
Windows requires a Codec (coder-decoder) to play each type of file format. PCM is standard
uncompressed windows audio.
Bits-per-Sample. Bits-per-sample refers to the amount of bits in each sample, or the resolution of the file.
This sounds complicated, but boils down to this; An 8 bit file stores audio at 8 bits of computer memory
____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 15
____________________________________________________________________________________
for each sample, or “snapshot” of the sound. A 16 bit file stores in 16 bit chunks, but provides a much
finer resolution, which means more accurate representation of the original file. A 16 bit file will be larger,
but will have better fidelity. There are few occasions where you will want to use an 8-bit file.
Sample Rate. Sample rate refers to the number of samples per second. Once again, the higher the
sample rate, the higher the fidelity, and the larger the file size. Typical sample rates are 44,100, 32,000,
and 22,050
Mono/Stereo. Just like it sounds. Stereo files store data for two separate "channels" of audio. They are
larger and are more realistic sounding than Mono files.
So, when you see a PCM, 44,100, 16 bit Stereo file, you know what all of it means. Oh, by the way, it may
seem like a PCM, 44,100, 16 bit Stereo file would be twice as large as a PCM, 22.050, 8bit, Mono file. In
fact, it’s 8 times as large! Think of it this way:
Bits per Sample * Sample Rate * Number of Channels
Now that we’ve cleared this up, let’s take the next step and look at Compression. There are two main
compression schemes used in the Broadcast Industry: MPEG and ADPCM
ADPCM is more easily edited than MPEG and has a fixed 4:1 compression ratio. ADPCM is supported
natively within Windows and therefore can be played on almost any Windows system. ADPCM can be
edited many times with little loss of resolution.
MPEG, Layer 2 (MP2) maintains slightly higher audio resolution and has a variable compression ratio.
Classically, the compression ratio is set 5.56:1 for broadcast use. MP2 is generally considered the
broadcast standard. However, it is not natively supported in Microsoft Windows and therefore you will
need to purchase a proprietary codec to handle compression and decompression of the files when you
want to play or record. Codecs can be installable software or can be “hard-wired” into a professional
audio card. MPEG audio loses resolution each time it is edited.
MPEG, Layer 3 (MP3) has a much more variable compression ratio and has recently become much more
popular in the Broadcast Industry. As with MP2, you’ll need a proprietary codec to code/decode MP3
files. This codec can be an installable software product or may be included within the logic chip on a
professional audio device. Once again, MPEG audio loses resolution each time it is edited.
So how does this affect file size? Well, think of it this way:
Bits per Sample * Sample Rate * Number of Channels / (Compression Ratio)
The trade-offs in sample rates/bits/channels are all about file size and fidelity. The better you want it to
sound, the larger the file will be. It’s really that simple. The rule for compression formats is to choose one
and stick to it. Mixing audio file formats and especially sample rates is a good way to cause audio break-
up.
Which Format is right for you? Only you can decide…but now you have the facts you need to make an
informed decision….

…the easy answer is that, for the highest quality, choose linear PCM, Stereo files sampled in 16 bits at
44.1 KHz. This is the same quality as CDs.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 16
____________________________________________________________________________________

Simian Concepts and Terminology

Throughout this manual we are going to refer to certain “BSI-centric” terms and concepts. This section is
intended as a primer to help you think about Simian from our angle. We fully cover all of these concepts
later in the manual, but we hope that this section will help you understand how it all fits together before
we hit you with the technical stuff.

Events, Logs, Carts, and Sets

Simian, at its core, does two main things. It sequences through lists and references lists.
Each line in a list is an “Event”, and each Event holds a particular set of instructions for Simian. Each
element of an Event is known as an Event Variable. Event Variables include Cue, Number, Status,
Scheduled Time, Actual Play Time, Length, Category, Name, and Description.
There are three types of lists in Simian. They are called “Program Logs”, “Carts”, and “Sets”. Simian
sequences through Logs and Carts, and it references Sets.
When Simian references a Set, it simply starts the Event that relates to the line item that has been
selected. A good example of this is HotKeys. Simian allows you to set up 16 on-screen buttons to perform
any type of Event that you’d like. These 16 buttons reference a Set with 16 event lines. To make button
#3 start an Event, you drag that Event into line #3 of the HotKey Set. Now, when you click button #3,
Simian references the HotKey Set and starts the Event that is assigned to HotKey #3.
When Simian sequences through a Program Log or a Cart, it uses the information in the Cue column of
that Log or Cart (such as the main Program Log) to control the sequencing. There are a number of
different “Cues” available. For now it's only important for you to know this: The first thing Simian does
when it sequences down a Program Log or Cart and reaches an Event is to read the Cue column which
causes Simian to start the Event, stop, or wait accordingly.
There are two types of sequenced Lists: the Program Log and Carts. The Program Log is the top-level list
that holds all of the other Events. The Program Log takes up the center-left section of the main Simian
interface. Carts are somewhat like mini-logs that run as Events within the Main Program Log. Carts
emulate the old-fashioned tape-based carts that many of us used prior to the advent of digital audio. The
main Program Log emulates old-fashioned play lists.
So, how do we get the Events into our Logs, Carts and Sets? We use the Event Builder to build Events,
which you can then drag into your Program Logs, Carts, and Sets.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 17
____________________________________________________________________________________

The Event Builder in a

Nutshell
The Event Builder is the tool that you use to create
Events to put into Program Logs, Carts, and Sets. The
Event Builder is the main tool used to manually build
Program Logs. It can also provide access to the Info
Editor where you can view, add and edit the label
information for carts and audio files. Think of it as the
‘Event construction kit’.

You can open the Event Builder in one of three ways:

• Select Tools/Event Builder.
• Press Ctrl+B.
• Click the Event Builder button at the bottom of
the Program Log.
Figure 2.1
Events in the Program Log can be changed or inserted
using the Event Builder. On opening the Event Builder

(Ctrl+B), you will see the Audio tab showing a list of the audio files that are available through
SoundHound. To add a file, just select it and drag from the Drag From Here spot into the Program Log,
Cart, or Set.
You should also configure an Event’s “Event Variables” such as the Cue, Category, and Scheduled Time
before you drag it in. Different types of Events have different Event Variables. For instance, Macros have
configuration string that must also be configured. Scheduled Times will not always apply to all Cues (such
as AutoStart (+)). If the Scheduled Time does not affect a particular Event because of its Cue, the
Program Log will still display the Scheduled Time that you set in the “Sched” column in the Program Log.
Look for more on Cues and how they work in Chapter 4.

SoundHound in a Nutshell
It should come as no surprise that a digital automation system would need a way to keep track of all of
the audio files that you keep on your computer. Simian uses a helper application called SoundHound.
What SoundHound does, simply enough, is “index” files. This means that you tell SoundHound which
folders your audio files are in, and it goes out and reads all of the information about those files, including
the header information or tags. As it reads the files it creates a database. That database is where Simian
gets its information about the audio files on your system.
Simian and SoundHound are actually two independent programs that live in a symbiotic relationship.
Here’s how it works:
SoundHound indexes the folders (i.e. reads through the files and gathers information about them) that
you tell it to look at in the Folders field on the Folders tab within the SoundHound application. You can
open SoundHound by double-clicking the black binocular icon in your system tray by your Windows clock.
Once SoundHound has indexed the files, it puts the gathered information in the Audio Database (the file
name is audio.mdb). You’ll find the Audio Database in the folder that is designated in the Audio
Database field on the Folders tab in SoundHound.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 18
____________________________________________________________________________________

Da
ta
ba
se
Lo
ca
tio
n

as ks
s
er

ab o
old

e
at Lo
F

D n
ed

io ia
nc

ud Sim
fe re

rA e
Re

fo her
W
Figure 2.2

Simian then references the Audio Database whenever it needs to fill the Audio List. You tell Simian where
to look for the audio.mdb in the Other Paths field on the Paths tab under Tools/Program Options.
Once Simian is looking in the proper place for the audio.mdb file that SoundHound has created, we have
synergy (and files in the Audio List).

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 19
____________________________________________________________________________________

The Welcome Log in a Nutshell

When you start Simian, it will automatically
launch the “Welcome” Program Log shown to
the right.
The Welcome log is designed to show
Simian in action and to give you an example
of a simple Program Log. It is important to
remember that the Program Log emulates
the play logs historically used in the Radio
Industry. The Program Log is little more than
a list of Events, each of which instructs
Simian to perform an action. Simian then
simply sequences through the Program Log
one Event at a time. You can use the
Welcome log as a template for the creation of
your own Program Logs and as a test log for
editing practice. Try adding Audio Events,
Macro events, Cart Events, from the Event
Builder (on the Tools menu). This will help
Figure 2.3
familiarize you with the Event Builder as well.
You can edit Program Logs in many of the same ways as you would any Windows application. For
example, clicking on an Event and pressing Ctrl+X, Ctrl+C or Ctrl+V. These shortcuts will cut, copy or
paste the highlighted Event. Right clicking on Events brings up additional menu options as well. Items
can also be dragged around within the Program Log as well as into and out of the Program Log from
other parts of Simian such as the Event Builder. Check out the "Using Program Logs" section in Chapter
4 for more information on using Program Logs.

Please do not delete the Welcome Log. You may need it for testing, should you ever need
assistance from our technical support team.

The Asynchronous Deck in a Nutshell

Simian has a fourth playback deck that you can
view by selecting Async/Show Asynchronous
Deck from the main Simian menu bar. This deck
plays all events that happen out of sequence as
Simian moves through its Program Log. All
Triggers (signals from a satellite receiver),
HotKeys, Serial Events, Scheduled Events, and
any Events with a Non-Sequential cue (N) play in
the Asynchronous Deck. Events played in the
“Async” deck play on their own, outside of the
normal sequence of the three main playback
decks.

Figure 2.4

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 20
____________________________________________________________________________________

File Sync in a Nutshell

The File Sync utility allows two (or more)
Simian computers to share the same
audio and ancillary file libraries. When
first opened, the local path directory listing
will show all the paths set up in Simian on
the local machine. The right side is the
corresponding list of paths to the
equivalent folders on another Simian
machine on your network. Periodically, on
a cycle, File Sync will compare the
directories and copy and/or delete files to
ensure your systems have the newest
versions of files between each other.
This is the simplest way to keep all your
audio files, program logs, and other files
“in-sync” between your on-air system and
Figure 2.5
your production system.

Weather Utility in a Nutshell

In Simian 2.3, weather information is now gathered
by a background utility. No longer do you need to run
a GETWEATHER or GETFORECAST macro each
time you want the weather information in Simian to
update.
This utility runs in the background and periodically
gathers the weather information and forecast
automatically. Simian will automatically show the
most recent information the Weather Utility has
downloaded.
The first time the Weather Utility is run, it will pop up
so you can enter your location information for the
current weather and forecast. You can also set how
often the weather and forecast information is
downloaded from the Program Settings tab.
When the Weather Utility is run after the first time, it
will not automatically pop up, but will just show as a
cloud icon (the same one shown in the top left corner
of the settings window shown at right) in the “System
Tray” (the area in the lower right corner of Windows,
next to the clock) as an icon. Simply double-click on
the icon to open the settings interface shown at right.
Figure 2.7

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 21
____________________________________________________________________________________

Hardware Connectors in a Nutshell

Simian Hardware Connectors are background utilities that allow tight integration with third-party hardware
consoles and devices, such as Axia consoles, Axia GPIO Nodes, GatesAir Consoles, and more. By
separating this functionality into a background utility structure, failures of the third party hardware or
network connections won’t affect Simian’s core operation. Hardware Connectors can also be created for
new hardware devices and updated without Simian needing to be updated or reinstalled in any way.

Figure 2.8: The GatesAir PR&E Oasis Console Hardware Connector

Figure 2.9: The Axia Hardware Connector

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 22
____________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter 3: Setup & Configuration

Before You Install Simian:

Verify that your computer is running properly and that it is properly connected to your network if you have
one. A machine that is not running properly will not run Simian properly. Similarly, a machine that’s having
problems communicating across a network will not run Simian properly in a networked configuration.
Verify that all your peripherals are installed and configured in accordance with the manufacturer's
specifications. Peripherals are any devices that attach to the computer and add functionality. Typical
peripherals for a Simian machine are trigger/relay devices and professional quality sound cards.
Install Simian using the full installation of the newest version (available for free download on our support
website and on CD-ROM for a nominal fee) then restart your computer.
Remember that Simian does not control the actual audio playback functions of your machine, but rather
directs the Windows audio subsystem. Therefore, if you cannot play audio in the Windows Sound
Recorder, you won’t be able to play it in Simian. Windows Media Player is not a valid test for this
subsystem, as it can use DirectSound to bypass certain functions that Simian needs to control pro audio
cards.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 23
____________________________________________________________________________________

Installing Simian
Considerations
Installing Simian is an easy task, and to make it easier, we'd like to point out a few things that you should
take into consideration before installing the software.
1. Do you have a properly working audio card installed in your computer? Simian will not run without
an audio device.
2. Does your computer meet or exceed our Recommended System Requirements? Not sure?
Check out Chapter 1.
If both of these items are true, then it's time for us to install Simian. Simian installation is performed in
several parts:

Part 1: Shut Down Unneeded Processes

1. Shut down all items running on your Task Bar and System Tray.
2. Move on to Part 2.

Part 2: Installing the Sentinel Protection Driver

Simian’s Validation Process utilizes a USB Hardware Key (shown left)
which requires the ‘Sentinel Protection’ Windows Driver.
You should always ensure that you have the latest BSI-tested version of
this driver, available on our ‘Drivers’ page, or from the BSI Install CD
when purchasing a new product – and that is it correctly configured.
The following instructions are a step-by-step walk through of how to
install and configure the Driver that will only take a few minutes. (This
driver is NOT provided with the Simian demo download, nor required for
Figure 3.1 the demo version).

Part 3: Installing from the BSI Install CD

The BSI Install CD should automatically launch
when inserted into your CD-ROM drive. If you
have disabled that feature, double-click the
Install.exe file on the CD.
You will then see the Application Selection
window (see below). Choose “Sentinel
Protection Installer – for BSI Dongles” (the first
option from the dropdown list) and click Install.

Figure 3.2

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 24
____________________________________________________________________________________

Part 4: Download the Driver

If you do not have your BSI Install CD available, the latest BSI-tested version of the driver is also
available for download on the ‘Drivers’ page at http://www.bsiusa.com
Save the .zip file to your hard-drive and extract it (Windows 2000 users will need to ensure that they have
www.winzip.com installed to extract the file, Window XP has this functionality built in).
To install, double-click the .exe file that is extracted by the above process.
Note: The following images may change as drivers / installers are updated and depend on the Operating
System installed on your computer.

Part 5: Installing the Sentinel Protection Installer

After starting the Sentinel Protection Installer from the BSI Install CD, or by downloading from the internet,
you can follow the on-screen prompts as shown below to complete the installation.

Figure 3.3 Figure 3.4

Figure 3.5 Figure 3.6

Click Next > Read & Accept, then click Next >

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 25
____________________________________________________________________________________

Figure 3.7 Figure 3.8

Select Custom and then click Next > Disable ‘Server’ option and Click Next >

Figure 3.9 Figure 3.10

Click Install Click Next > when available

Click Finish when the InstallShield Wizard has completed the task (see below).

Skip Installing the Sentinel Protection Server

If you did not select the ‘Custom’ option, or
allowed the ‘Sentinel Protection Server’ to be
installed, then you will usually see an additional
“Windows XP/7/8 detected!” window.
It is recommended to choose “No” at this prompt
to continue because the BSI hardware key does
not support the ‘Protection Server’ features of the
driver.
The Sentinel Protection Installer will then finish
copying files and you can click Finish when the
InstallShield Wizard has Completed.

Figure 3.11

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 26
____________________________________________________________________________________
If you are including Simian in your Windows Startup folder so that it automatically runs when Windows is
booted, it is recommended to change the Start-up Type of the Sentinel driver from Automatic to
Boot. (Otherwise, Windows XP waits until the user interface is loaded).

Figure 3.12 Figure 3.13

Right-Click My Computer and choose Manage. Expand the Non-Plug and Play Drivers section
Highlight Device Manager and from the View and search for “Sentinel.” Right-Click it and
menu, select “Show hidden devices.” choose Properties. (If you do not find an icon for
Sentinel, reboot and repeat).

Go to the Driver tab and from the Startup Type

choose Boot from the drop-down list and click OK.
You can now close the Computer Management
window and it is recommended that you restart
your computer.

Figure 3.14

Part 6: Install Simian

You can install Simian from the BSI CD, or from a downloaded installer file. Both the CD and the
download contain the same Simian_Setup.exe file.
1. Start the Installer
• If you downloaded the Simian_Setup.exe file, double-click it.
• If you are using the BSI CD, simply put it in your CD ROM, wait for the BSI window to show
up on your desktop, then select Simian and start the installation.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 27
____________________________________________________________________________________
2. Click Next and you'll get to the License Agreement screen. You'll have to click the radio button
that says "I accept the terms in the license agreement", and then click Next to continue with the
installation.
3. In the Customer Information screen, you will be asked for your User Name and Organization.
Just enter your information and click Next.
4. The Setup Type screen will allow you to select between Full, Update, or WaveStation setup.
• Full Installation will install Simian and wipe out any settings from previous installs. Use this
setting for a new installation of Simian.
• Update is used for upgrading Simian. It will preserve Program Options and Hardware
Options settings from a previous Simian installation.
• WaveStation is for our customers who are migrating from the WaveStation product. This
installation will seek out the old WaveStation Program Options and migrate them to Simian
automatically.
Click Next
5. The Select Options screen allows you to specifically install components that Simian needs to run
on different platforms. The rule of thumb here is that if you're unsure… Install it. It is very rare for
any of these components to interfere with Windows or other software. Select what you'd like here
and click Next.
6. The Shortcut Folder screen allows you to change the name of the folder in which Simian will
show up under Start/Programs. Once you have the name the way you'd like it, click Next.
7. The Ready to Install screen allows you to review your installation choices and start the
installation. Make sure that you like what you see here and click Next.
8. The Windows installer will automatically install Simian and bring you to the final screen, which will
let you know that installation has completed successfully. Just click Finish to finish the
installation.

Part 7: Restarting Your Computer

Once you have finished the installation process, restart your computer to make sure that everything
registers properly. This is not necessary, but is always good practice whenever you install software of any
kind.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 28
____________________________________________________________________________________

Validating Simian
Simian is protected by security hardware and validation codes that allow for limited testing of the software
prior to purchase. These security measures are disabled when you purchase and validate the software.
In demonstration mode, Simian will run for one hour and then shut down automatically. This functionality
is designed to let you download and try out Simian before purchase.
When you purchase Simian, you are shipped a small
hardware key. To validate Simian, simply plug the
hardware key in one of your computer's USB ports.
When the hardware key is installed, Simian will need a
validation code. You'll find it on a piece of paper in the
blue folder included with your hardware key. Once
you've located your validation key, simply go to
Help/Register and fill in the required information.
It's really that simple. Plug in the hardware key, then go
to Register on the Help menu and enter the Validation
Code, and Simian is ready to go. The same process
applies when you move Simian to a new computer.
Simian can be validated for three different modes.
These different modes correspond to the three different
types of licenses available. Let's take a look:
• Full Mode allows you to run a single copy of
Simian on the air and a single instance of
Production Mode (with nine sessions) on the
same computer. Figure 3.15
• Production Mode allows you to run a single copy of Simian in Production Mode with up to nine
sessions on any computer.
• Multi Mode allows you to run multiple copies of Simian in Full Mode and/or Production mode on
one computer, and up to nine production sessions for each instance of Production Mode.

If you lose your validation

code, you'll need to visit the
Validation Codes page of
www.bsiusa.com and enter
your:
• Customer ID number
• Version number
• Serial Number
• The name under
which Simian was
purchased
We normally return validation
codes within 1 hour during
business hours. The required
information can always be
found by going to the Help Figure 3.16
menu and choosing Register.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 29
____________________________________________________________________________________

Configuring SoundHound
Simian and SoundHound are actually two independent programs that live in a symbiotic relationship.
Here’s how it works:
Da
t ab
as
e
Lo
ca
t io
n

se s
ba k
ta oo
Da n L
io ia
ud Sim
rA e
fo her
W
Figure 3.17

SoundHound indexes the folders (i.e. reads through the files and gathers information about them) that
you tell it to look at in the Folders field:
Once it has indexed the files, it puts the gathered information in the Audio Database (the file name is
audio.mdb). You’ll find the Audio Database in the folder that is designated in the Audio Database field on
the Folders tab in SoundHound.
Simian then references the Audio Database to fill the Audio List. You tell Simian where to look for the
audio.mdb in the Other Paths field on the Paths tab under Tools/Program Options.
Once Simian is looking in the proper place for the audio.mdb file that SoundHound is creating, we have
synergy (and files in the Audio List).

SoundHound and Path Configuration

Whenever Simian is running in normal mode,
SoundHound will also be running by default.
Open SoundHound by double-clicking the
binoculars symbol in your Systray.

To add a folder to the Folders list, click the

Folders tab, then use the Add a folder button
to add all the new paths to all of the folders
that contain the audio files that you want to
reference in Simian. This will take a few
Figure 3.18
moments as SoundHound adds each file to
the audio database. You can click the Audio
Files tab to view the information from your new database when it is finished loading the file names. If you
have a large audio collection, and SoundHound seems to take a long time to perform the initial inventory,
you can also select High Priority in the Options tab. This option is intended for times when you need to
index a large audio collection. High Priority mode is not intended for day-to-day use.
SoundHound’s file management capability is more efficient and more accurate than previous methods.
This is because it records every file change automatically to a central database, which is shared by
____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 30
____________________________________________________________________________________
Simian and other BSI software. Changes are made in the background while your programs are running,
and SoundHound always receives a lower resource priority than any application that is playing audio so
that it will not interfere with on-air playback.
Because SoundHound automatically records any changes made to files within its specified directories, no
manual updating or refreshing is necessary. This is true only as long as SoundHound is running in the
background when you are creating, editing or deleting audio files. If it is not, you will want to refresh
SoundHound manually the next time you start it.
SoundHound contains six tabbed windows: Folders, Audio Files, Options, Log, Status, and About. The
next section describes each tab and option so that you can decide which options are right for your
configuration.

Folders
The Folders window is on top when you open
SoundHound, and shows your audio database
path and the paths of any music folders you
have added. The audio database is named
audio.mdb. SoundHound will always create the
audio.mdb file in the same folder as the
SoundHound executable file (sndhound.exe).
You can, however, put SoundHound anywhere
that you want on your computer. You'll just need
to let Simian know where to look for the audio
database. You can do this on the Paths tab of
the Simian Program Options dialog box (under
Figure 3.19
the Tools menu).
DO NOT PUT THE SOUNDHOUND PROGRAM IN THE SAME FOLDER AS AUDIO FILES! The
SoundHound program file is sndhound.exe. Putting this file in a folder that SoundHound is indexing will
create a loop where SoundHound will refresh constantly -- each message to refresh will cause a write to
the Audio.mdb, which will cause a message to refresh, and so on.
Below the Audio Database path is a list of all your music folders. This is where SoundHound searches for
audio files to index. All the audio files found in the folders listed here are indexed and added to your
audio database. The buttons to the right let you add a folder, create a friendly name for the path (the
smiley face icon), or remove a folder. This friendly name is the only place you want to be using long
names with special characters such as apostrophes.

Audio Files
The Audio Files tab allows you to see a list of the audio files that are currently indexed. You can also
refresh that list, cancel a refresh, and see if you have any duplicate files. You’ll also find a small window
with statistics such as how many of what kind of audio files you have.

Options
Manual mode can be used when you want SoundHound to run, but you don’t want it to constantly refresh
files that have changed. For example, if you are making a lot of changes and just want to update
SoundHound at the end, you might use it in Manual mode until you are ready to switch it back to normal
mode.
With High Priority unchecked (the default setting), SoundHound lowers itself to a very low processor
priority and introduces wait states when manipulating files. Choosing High Priority causes SoundHound
to run at the same (normal) priority as other applications on the system (like Simian). The High Priority
setting is designed for situations where you are refreshing very large numbers of audio files and you want
your computer to make that operation its main priority. This setting can cause audio break-up if you run it
while Simian is on-air.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 31
____________________________________________________________________________________
Auto refresh is available for use when you are using files across a network. SoundHound will only
automatically update files that are changed locally. If someone is changing files across a network and
SoundHound needs to see these changes, you may want to use the auto refresh option to schedule
refreshes regularly.
Compacting your database is very important, especially when you are working in Live-Assist mode, where
many changes are being made to files and carts within your audio database. Compact at Startup removes
all previously deleted files from your audio database. When you delete a file from your audio database, it
disappears but isn’t permanently removed until the database is compacted. Auto Compact does the
same thing automatically, while letting you manage the frequency.
We recommend compacting at startup and also once a day (as a scheduled event). The
drawback to compacting too frequently is that it takes a minute or so and you cannot access
your files through Audio List while a compact is in progress. Try a few different settings to
determine what works best for you.
In some advanced configurations, you may want to use an INI file to hold path information instead of the
Windows Registry. For example, if you are managing a cluster of stations that are sharing a single
database. The INI file can be used to store your paths so they can be updated for several stations
simultaneously.
You can use the Hide File List option to hide the file list on the Audio Files tab in SoundHound. This
option allows the SoundHound interface to react more quickly on slower computers.
The Notification filter allows you to control when SoundHound will update a file's entry in the audio
database. The Name option will cause an update whenever a file's name changes and/or whenever a file
is added or deleted. The Attributes option will cause an update whenever a file's attributes (such as read-
only or archive) are changed. The Size option will cause an update whenever a file's size changes.
Finally, the Last Modified feature will cause an update whenever a file's modified date or time changes as
it is seen in the file's Properties dialog box.

Log
SoundHound’s Log tab shows you a log of its operations. You can come here to read logs and set
parameters on how they are created and kept.

Status
The Status tab displays internal statistic information in case there should ever be a problem. This tab is
designed to help our Technical Support department expedite resolution of SoundHound issues.

About BSI
This tab gives you information about the version of SoundHound you are running and a link to the BSI
web site.

SoundHound Menus
There are two menu choices in SoundHound – File and View. The File menu lets you compact and repair
your database, save and read configuration files, or exit. The View menu allows you to view each of the
window tabs.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 32
____________________________________________________________________________________

Production Mode
Production Mode is a simple way to have all of the production functionality that you need at a much lower
cost than a second copy of Simian. In Production Mode, the three main playback decks, the record decks,
and all automation features are disabled, but you can still create, modify, and verify Program Logs. You
can also use the VoiceTrack Editor and listen to Audio Events through the audition device.
To run Simian in Production Mode, you'll need to purchase a Production Mode license. When your
hardware key arrives, just install Simian and validate it according to the instructions in the "Validating
Simian" section earlier in this chapter.

Production Sessions
What if you work in a cluster operation where you have multiple air machines running multiple stations in
the same location? Wouldn't it be nice to have one production machine instead of one for each station?
Even better… Wouldn't it be great to have that production machine hold all of the different settings for
each of those machines so that you could switch between them easily? Well, if all of your machines are
networked, you can. Here's an example:
Let's say that you have a cluster with three on-air computers and a Production machine. We'll call them
AIR1, AIR2, AIR3, and PROD1.
Now, let's say that you want to edit tomorrow's Program Logs for AIR1. You'd go into Program Options
and tell Simian to look across the network at AIR1 for its Audio Database, Program Logs folder, and any
other folders that you may need. You do your editing, and then you need to make all of those changes
again to edit Program Logs on AIR2, then again for AIR3. The next day, you're making all of those
changes again. Now imagine that your cluster has seven stations instead of three…
This is why we designed Simian so that you can choose between up to nine individual sessions. Sessions
allow you to have nine different sets of Simian production configurations (including different paths, audio
databases, and Options settings) to do production work for up to nine different air machines without
needing to change all of your options every time you want to do production work for a different station.
To run multiple sessions of production mode, use the File/Change Session menu item to switch between
different sessions. Each session will hold its own set of Program Options. The Station ID for each session
will even show up next to the session number in the Change Session menu.
To make life even easier, you can also set up different shortcuts for each session right on your
computer's desktop. Just add the /session:2 switch to the Target field for the shortcut. Here's a quick
walk-through:
1. Create or select a Windows shortcut to Simian.
2. Right-click on the icon and choose the Properties option.
3. Select the Shortcut tab.
4. In the Target field, you’ll see the path to the Simian executable file, for example,
c:\bsi32\simian.exe. Add “/session:6" (without the quotes, with the appropriate session number)
after the path. The whole line will then read:
C:\bsi32\simian.exe /session:5
Click OK and launch Simian from the newly modified shortcut.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 33
____________________________________________________________________________________

Networking Simian
In response to changes to the way in which Microsoft Networking has evolved (since Windows 98 and the
original Simian release), BSI has changed the recommended setup for networked Simian workstations.
It’s very important to understand what the changes mean, why they are needed and how to correctly
network Simian computers.

What Changed?
Firstly, beginning with Windows 2000, any operation to a UNC path (i.e. \\air\c\bsi32\audio) is routed via
the Windows Network, even if that UNC path points to the local machine. Thus, even though the machine
could be playing the audio locally, it actually passes via the Networking Layer of the Windows operating
system.
This effects performance in Windows XP and Windows 7 (and also Windows Server 2003 and 2008,
though Simian has not been designed to run on Windows 2003 or any other ‘server’ based operating
system).
With Windows 2000 and later, there’s the added problem of a ‘NetBios’ limit which prevents more than 8
folders being automatically monitored by Simian’s SoundHound application.
And with Windows XP Professional and later, all networking is shut down if the Network Card loses a
connection (to the local switch, has a cable error, or is connected via a cross-over cable to a Production
machine that is rebooted). So, even if the UNC paths point to a local hard drive on the air machine, it no
longer has access to those files.
When the program was first released, networking Simian involved setting up UNC paths across an Air
and Production machine. Clearly with the newer operating systems this will cause huge problems sooner
or later.
The following pages outline the recommended setup for a basic network of Simian computers which has
been well tested and proven to provide a trouble-free, robust solution, with the added advantage of
redundancy.
Customized multi-station and production workstations on a single network are outside the scope of the
level of support we can offer in this recommendation; this is where the skills of a Network Administrator
come into play. However, by understanding the reasoning behind the recommended Network, the
principles can be adapted to suit different customized solutions.
When finished with this guide, you will be able to completely remove Network Connections from the Air
computer and it will continue without error.
Also, in the unlikely event that the Air machine fails, the Production machine is ready to pick-up instantly,
with its own backup copy of audio files.

Summary of Changes
The changes in Networking Setup and Configuration (from the original recommendation) can be
summarized as follows.

• Each computer maintains an exact copy of the audio files

• Each computer runs a copy of SoundHound to index new files
• Each computer plays the audio files from its local hard drive
• The Production Computer references the Air computer’s Program Logs across the network so that the
Air log can be edited ‘live’
• A backup copy of the Air computer’s Program Log(s) is maintained on the Production Computer

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 34
____________________________________________________________________________________
• Two Simian sessions are setup on the Production Computer. One for normal network operation and
a second ‘local’ session using the local copy of the Program Log files. (In both cases, a backup copy
of the audio files is stored on the Production Machine locally)

Hard Drive Setup

While not strictly ‘Networking’, your hard drive configuration will determine your network settings.
For best performance (both with and without a Network) use a dedicated (hard-disk) drive for your audio
files or at least partition your hard-drive. This also allows you to format your drive or partition and re-
install Windows without affecting your audio files.
If you currently use a single hard-drive and do not have a separate partition for your audio files, we
strongly suggest purchasing a utility such as Partition Magic 8 from Symantec software:
http://www.partitionmagic.com/partitionmagic/

Following these recommendations, you should have a C:\

and D:\ drive (if you have a CD-ROM installed, this may by
default be installed as drive D:\).
To change this and ensure your two drives (or partitions) are
installed as C:\ and D:\, go to Control Panel |
Administrator Tasks, Computer Management |
Disk Management and change the letter of your CD drive
first of all (away from D:\ and then setup your audio drive or Figure 3.20
partition as D:\).

From the My Computer window, we re-label the drives “System” and “Audio” for clarity.

TCP/IP Settings
In the examples below we are using two Computers ‘Air’ and ‘Production’ which already have their hard
drives shared to other Network users. (If you have multiple machines, you can call them Air1,
Production1, Air2, Production2 etc.)
You should always consult with your Network Administrator or IT Manager before adding or changing
network settings and/or Network Computers as there may be an impact elsewhere on your Network.
Special consideration must be given to the IP address of each computer on your Network, which must be
unique.
The following generic Network settings will ensure a basic connection between two machines providing
that these IP addresses are not being used elsewhere on the Network.

Many modern computers are capable of network speeds of 1Gbs (rather than 100 Mbps or the much
older 10 Mbps) though they do require the correct cabling to connect the Network together; and when
using more than two computers, the correct hardware too.
You may refer to this piece of hardware as a HUB, but the correct equipment is a Network SWITCH. A
switch ensures that signals between two computers are only transmitted between those two computers,
whereas a HUB broadcasts that information to all computers. (Therefore, using a switch will ensure that
high-volume data transfers between two computers do not affect other machines on your network).
We favor brand name switches (Netgear, Linksys, D Link etc.), preferably in metal enclosures with
internal power supplies as these are less prone to RF interference.
When using a switch, all computers are connected to the Switch (usually located centrally) in a ‘star’
configuration.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 35
____________________________________________________________________________________
In a very simple setup, an Air/Production pair of computers can be connected ‘back to back’ with a simple
cross-over Network Cable without the need for a switch.
If you are utilizing a 1Gbs connection (with or without a switch) we urge you to ensure that your cable is
rated for that speed of Network (see our Network Cabling guide for connection details and cabling
advice).
To access the Network Properties, right-click My Network Places and select Properties. Right-
click your LAN card and select Properties. You should see a box similar to the one on the next page.
Select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) and click Properties.

Figure 3.21 Figure 3.22

As previously stated, every computer on the same network must have a unique IP address. Larger
networks may include a DHCP server so that each computer can Obtain an IP address
automatically each time it starts (which can result in your computer having a different IP address
each time). In the example above, we have setup the settings manually with a static IP address and we
recommend that you do the same as there are advantages in so doing.
Your Network will generally be either DHCP or Static IP, though some advanced configurations can mix
the two. In our example, we’re going to setup Static IP addresses manually on a closed Network of just
the Air and Production machine. The actual numbers we use in the examples will almost certainly
already be in use in most Networks.
Enter the IP address of 192.168.1.1 for the Air machine and 192.168.1.2 for the Production
machine. If you add more machines (or those IP addresses are already in use on your Network), use
192.168.1.3, 192.168.1.4 etc. up to 192.168.1.254 with the subnet mask 255.255.255.0 for
all machines.
The 192.168.x.x range is a special number range for internal networks. You may also use 10.0.0.x
as a numbering scheme, but every computer on your Network MUST have a unique IP address.
In our example, the Network is not connected to an Internet Gateway or Router (which would usually
have a DHCP server) so there is no Default Gateway to enter and that can be left blank as can the DNS
server addresses. You will normally need to ‘populate’ these DNS server addresses when requiring
access to the Internet (for Windows updates / FTP / Weather info etc.). There are no generic settings
here, the information must come from your Network Advisor.
Networking is a specialized skill. The details provided here are a starting point only and will work for
almost all Simian users. But for more flexibility, Internet sharing, Remote Access etc. – you need to
contact a Network Specialist.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 36
____________________________________________________________________________________

Install & Configure Simian for Networking

If you have not already done so, install Simian using the default program path (C:\bsi32).
(Optionally) Create the following folders:
C:\bsi32\triggers
C:\bsi32\serial
C:\bsi32\hotkeys
C:\bsi32\scheduled
These folders are for storing sets of Triggers, Hotkeys, Serials and Scheduled Events and generally make
things much easier to manage as otherwise these files could get muddled up in c:\bsi32.
Now, on the D:\ drive create the following folders:
D:\archive; D:\audio; D:\audio\carts; D:\audio\effects;
D:\audio\jingles; D:\audio\recordings; D:\audio\songs; D:\audio\spots;
D:\audio\vtracks
You can modify the list of audio folders to match your own needs but we do suggest that you maintain a
\carts folder for any virtual carts; \vtracks for voice-tracks and \recordings for Simian’s record
decks to save to.
Using dedicated folders for these files prevents them being mixed with your main audio library and
prevents unnecessary audio database updates.

IMPORTANT: NO AUDIO SHOULD BE

STORED IN D:\AUDIO ITSELF (THIS
WOULD CREATE A NESTED
FOLDER) ONLY SAVE AUDIO IN THE
SUB-FOLDERS. Nested folders cause
continuous database updates leading to
Database Bloat (where the audio.mdb
file becomes so large that the
performance of Simian will suffer).
Now, in Tools | Program Options,
ensure that the Use SoundHound box
has a tick in it on both the Air and
Production machines. Your screen
should look something like that of Figure
3.23.

Figure 3.23

Click Done when finished and then shut down and restart Simian to make sure all the changes take
effect. This ensures that each computer runs its own copy of SoundHound and maintains its own audio
database. We now have to configure SoundHound to monitor the local computer’s hard drive.
When Simian restarts you’ll also see a pair of binoculars in the System Tray next to the clock (see page 9
for images and more details). Double-click these to view SoundHound.
Use the Add Folder button to add D:\audio\carts; then repeat the process for
D:\audio\effects; D:\audio\jingles; D:\audio\recordings; D:\audio\songs;
D:\audio\spots; and finally D:\audio\vtracks.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 37
____________________________________________________________________________________
It’s also a good idea to give these folders a friendly name. To do this, highlight each of the folders in
SoundHound and click the ‘Smiley Face’ – you can use descriptions like ‘Voice Tracks’ for your
d:\audio\vtracks folder; and ‘Sound Effects/Production Elements’ for your effects folder
etc.
Try and avoid the ampersand (&) and other punctuation marks in the friendly description as these may
not be displayed correctly.
Once finished, there may be a flurry of disk-activity as the audio.mdb database is created and updated
by SoundHound. Thereafter, SoundHound will only refresh a folder in which there has been a change.

Setting Up Paths
From Tools | Program Options select the Paths tab. From the drop down box at the bottom of the
screen select the following options and set the correct paths for them:
Record Decks and Voice Track (Select the ‘Recordings’ and ‘Vtracks folders from the top list and
click the ‘Set’ button). It’s also a good idea to choose the ‘Show Friendly Paths’ option as this
displays the ‘friendly’ names for the paths instead of the full windows path.
For Triggers, Serial and Scheduled event sets, you’ll need to click set and browse to the
c:\bsi32\triggers, serial and scheduled folders that you setup.
On the Air machine, you’ll point Program Logs to c:\bsi32\logs and Hotkeys to c:\bsi32\hotkeys.
As the Production machine will operate either as a Network machine or as a stand-alone Local machine
in its own right (as a backup to Air), we need to take a few more steps.
This is very easily done using Simian Sessions as different sessions maintain their own paths and other
unique settings.
Start by creating two Simian Desktop Shortcuts and name one ‘Simian – Network’ and the other
‘Simian – Local’
Right-click each of the shortcuts and look at the Properties for the Target as shown in the diagram
below. To create Session 1 we simply add /session:1 and for Session 2 we just add /session:2 as
shown in the diagram below.

We suggest using Session 1 as your Simian – Network and

Session 2 as your Simian – Local.
Startup ‘Simian – Local’ by clicking the Desktop Icon you
just created. Go through and adjust all your Simian settings as
per your Air machine (you may wish to add a reminder that this
is a LOCAL Simian setting in the Station ID field of Tools
|Program Options)
There are different ways of reaching the other session of
Simian, the easiest being clicking the appropriate Desktop
Shortcut.
However, if Simian is already running, you can select File |
Session and select the appropriate session (in this case 1 for
Simian – Network).
The Network settings for Simian on the Production machine
are identical to the local settings, except that in Tools |
Program Options | Paths – the Program Logs should
look at the Air machine across the Network (usually
\\air\c\bsi32\logs) so that you can edit the ‘live’ Air log
Figure 3.24

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 38
____________________________________________________________________________________
from your Production machine in real-time.

Optionally, you may wish to edit the Air Hotkeys from the Production room, in which case set up the path
to the Hotkeys folder as \\air\c\bsi32\hotkeys

Synchronizing Audio Files and Program Logs

The final part of the setup is synchronizing the audio and ancillary files (such as program logs, trigger
sets, hotkey sets, and scheduled event sets) across the two machines (mirroring) on your Production
computer.
This is a simple task using the Simian File Sync Utility, which should be installed and run on the
Production Computer only.
Simian File Sync synchronizes audio (including file deletions) on both machines, optionally with any
deleted files or older iterations of files going in to an archive folder ‘just in case!’
Please refer to the chapter in this manual titled Configuring the Simian File Sync Utility– it’s a five
minute task to mirror audio and ancillary files across two machines.
Once you have configured your Network and Mirroring your audio files, then no matter what happens on
your Network, the Air machine will continue playing audio from its local drive.
In the unlikely event that the Air machine fails, the Production Computer can pick up immediately by
starting the ‘Simian – Local’ session and opening the current program log (which Simian File Sync
has copied automatically into the c:\bsi32\logs folder).

Conclusion
• The Production computer is now a ‘Hot Swap’ backup machine
• All audio is now being played (and recorded) onto the local hard drives of each machine and is
therefore unaffected by Network performance or failure
• Audio is mirrored across the two machines, each with its own copy of the entire music library so
there is a constantly maintained full backup in case of drive or PC failure
• Potentially more than 8 folders can be used in SoundHound – though we recommend keeping it at
around that level.

Alternative Network Methods

The following are alternative solutions that can be applied to the Production Computer, though are more
limited than the previous solution. They may be more suitable in multi-station or custom configurations
where it is not possible or desirable to keep multiple copies of audio libraries.
As alternative methods these suggestions are only suitable in specific circumstances. They are NOT the
recommended method of Networking Simian for most users and are offered for information only. If your
station needs to implement one of these alternative solutions, you should also be consulting a Network
Specialist too.

Drive Mapping
If you do not want to Mirror your audio across a Network, or have limited hard-drive space on your
+
Production Computer (a 250Gb drive holds 5,000 songs and we do not recommend using more than this
number of audio files) you can ‘map’ a Network Drive to d:\ on the Production computer so that it can
see the audio across the Network.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 39
____________________________________________________________________________________
As SoundHound cannot receive notifications across a Network that files have been changed, you must
then ensure that the path to the audio database is set to:

\\air\c\bsi32\audio.mdb

… and that you DO NOT run SoundHound locally.

The Air machine will continue to play audio from its local hard drive, without being affected by network
performance as it is not using UNC paths. As the Air database references local d:\audio paths, when
the Production computer has this drive mapped to its d:\ letter, it’ll also see the audio files (but will be
affected by Network Performance and there is no longer a backup of audio files and therefore not ‘Hot
Standby’.

Subst
SUBST is a legacy DOS command that can be used to automatically assign one drive letter and path
(including a network path) to another.
For example, SUBST d: \\air\d\ would create a d:\ drive on the local machine which had all the
information in the Air machine’s d:\ drive. (The drive must not have existed on the local machine prior to
running SUBST).
As SoundHound cannot receive notifications across a Network that files have been changed (even when
the drive letter is mapped), you must then ensure that the path to the audio database is set to
\\air\c\bsi32\audio.mdb) and that you DO NOT run SoundHound locally.
The Air machine will continue to play audio from its local hard drive, without being affected by network
performance as it is not using UNC paths. As the Air database references local d:\audio paths, when
the Production computer has this drive mapped to its d:\ letter, it’ll also see the audio files (but will be
affected by Network Performance and there is no longer a backup of audio files and therefore no ‘Hot
Standby’).
As each session of Simian can run different applications when it starts (and ends) you can create multiple
sessions using different SUBST commands to communicate to multiple stations on the same network;
when you close each session you run the /D switch to disconnect the SUBST drive, thus leaving the
drive letter free for the next session.

"Live Update" in Simian

Overview:
Simian can allow you to update Program Logs from your Air or Production machine and have the
changes appear in both places in "real time". To do this, Simian uses a combination of three options from
the General tab under Tools/Program Options. Let’s look at each option individually, and then see how
they work together:
Save event play and error info - This function causes Simian to save the log each time the information
in the Status column changes.
Automatically Save Log Changes - This function causes Simian to automatically save the log any time
a change is made by the user.
Auto-refresh log when log changed by others - This function causes Simian to sense when the log is
saved and refresh the log to show the changes.
How does all of this allow our fearless Simian power users to see each other’s changes in real-time?
Think about it like this. We have a situation where both the Air and Production studios have the same
Program Log open for different reasons such as last-minute spot insertion (something that never
happens… right?). The Traffic Manager (sitting in the Production Studio where talent just wrapped up)

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 40
____________________________________________________________________________________
opens the Program Log that’s currently on-air from across the LAN and replaces a PSA with the new
spot. Simian automatically saves the log changes. The air machine automatically senses the change and
refreshes the Air studio’s log. Boom… Both people see the changes immediately and effortlessly. This
pretty well explains the usage of Automatically Save Log Changes and Auto-refresh log when log
changed by others. So what does Save event play and error info do for us?
Let’s take a look at it. When the air machine successfully plays a file, it puts an “X” in the Status column of
the log. When Simian does this it automatically saves the log changes, and the production machine auto-
refreshes the log when it is changed. In short, the Traffic Manager can see the X’s appear on the
production machine as each file is played on the air machine.
There’s one thing to remember (isn’t there always?). To work properly, both studios need to use the same
audio file and audio database paths so that the air studio can see the actual audio files that were added in
the production studio. Otherwise, the Jock and the Traffic Manager will both end up seeing “E” where “X”
should be. You can find instructions on setting this up under the “Networking Simian” section.

Simian Hardware & Program Options

Simian’s hardware setup and program setup options are broken up into two different areas. To open the
Simian Hardware Options window, go to the Tools menu and choose Hardware Options on the main
menu bar at the top of Simian’s user interface. Conversely, to open the Simian Program Options window,
go to the Tools menu and choose Program Options on the main menu bar. Within each window are
organizational tabs containing the various available settings which you can switch between by simply
clicking on the desired tab at the top of the window.
Review the options in each tab, and make any changes you wish to the default settings. For example, if
you are doing production work, you may want to deselect “HotKeys visible at startup” in the General tab
of the Program Options window.
The configuration options you select are saved when you click “Done”.
A full explanation of each option is available in Chapter 6, while a walkthrough of the important settings
follows below.

Configuring Playback Settings

Simian is at its heart an audio playback
system. Therefore, it is very important to get
the playback audio hardware configured
correctly for proper and reliable operation.
To access Simian’s playback settings all audio
playback must be stopped, then you can go to
the Tools menu at the top of Simian’s main
user interface and choose Hardware Options,
then go to the Playback tab. The window
shown in Figure 3.25 will appear.
The Main Deck Assignments section
determines which playback device each main
playback deck and the hidden “Async”
playback deck will use. The Auxiliary Deck
Assignments section determines which
playback device is used when auditioning cuts,
and the Voice Track Editor Assignments
section determines what play devices are used Figure 3.25
when previewing voice tracks. You will need to
select one playback device for each deck in this section. If you are using Simian on Windows XP or
Windows 7 32bit (where Simian is using its legacy audio engine), you will need to select a unique Wave

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 41
____________________________________________________________________________________
type audio device for each play deck you want to be able to use concurrently. If you are using Windows 7
64 bit or Windows 8 or later (where Simian is using its new audio engine), you will need to select a WDM
type audio device, but decks can share a device if you wish.

Keep in mind that the actual output routing of the audio from the internal play devices to the
physical audio outputs is determined by your audio card’s configuration. For instance, play
device 1 could be routed out physical output 3. If you are using AudioScience audio cards,
you can route any play device to any physical output using their ASI Control utility.

If using Windows 7 64bit or Windows 8 or later with WDM audio devices, multiple
applications can share a play device at the same time by disabling Exclusive Mode on each
play device. Keep in mind that if one application overloads the audio device driver it can
adversely affect all the applications using that play device, so use non-exclusive mode with
caution.

If you are using Windows XP or Windows 7 32bit (e.g.: Simian is using its legacy audio engine), you will
need to configure the Playback Faders & Meters. If Simian is using its new audio engine while running
on Windows 7 64bit or Windows 8 or later, you can skip the next three paragraphs, as it takes care of all
these settings for you. In fact, the Fader & Meter Assignments button won’t even be available in that
case.

In the lower left corner of the Playback tab in the

Program Options window, click on the Fader &
Meter Assignments button. The Fader & Meter
Assignments window, as shown at right, will
appear. The Playback Device dropdown allows
you to select each playback device while all the
dropdowns below it in the Assign To section
represent the settings for that device. The reason
these settings must be configured for the legacy
audio engine is that the older Windows audio
interface that Simian’s legacy audio engine
accesses does not have any kind of association
mechanism that links the meter and volume
controls to a specific play device. We must link
them here manually so that Simian knows what
meter and volume control to use for each particular
play device it uses. Make sure to set the fader and
meter assignments for all devices used by the main Figure 3.26
and Async decks, and the Voice Track editor as
well.
Non-AudioScience audio cards may not offer access to the controls for their playback volume
or meters. In that case, Simian won’t be able to perform cross-fades, ducking, or display VU
meters on the playback decks. If that is the case for your audio card, choose the None option
from the Fader Assignment and/or Meter Assignment dropdowns.

You will need to go through each playback device and select the Mixer by which that device is accessed.
The Mixer selection will give Simian access to all the volume controls available on the audio card’s driver.
Now you can select the particular volume control, which Simian refers to as the Fader Assignment, for
the play device selected at the top of the window. With AudioScience audio cards, each internal play
device can be routed to each physical line out (and even record device in some cases). As Figure 3.26
shows, we are choosing the fader that sends the audio from the Play 1 device (which is the same as the
“1 Wave Out” device selected from the Playback Device dropdown) to the “Line Out 1” physical output (if
for some reason we wanted Play 1’s audio to go out Line Out 4 because of the way we wired up our
console, we would choose “Line Out 4 / Play 1 / Volume” instead).
Next, we need to select the Meter Assignment so that Simian’s play decks can display the VU Meter
properly. The selection you choose—especially with AudioScience audio cards—is generally very similar
____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 42
____________________________________________________________________________________
to the fader assignment option you chose in the last step. Notice in Figure 3.26 that the only difference is
the text at the end indicating that the control is the “Peak Meter” control rather than the fader
assignment’s “Volume” control.
The Voice Track Ducking section sets how cuts surrounding your voice track are faded down while the
voice track is playing. See chapter 6 for further details on setting these settings.
The Main Deck Segue section determines how playback will transition between cuts in the program log.
With segue enabled, songs will be faded between based on the intro and segue attributes set within the
audio cuts. See chapter 6 for further details on setting these settings.

Configuring Record Settings

The Record tab contains all the settings for the
two record decks at the bottom of Simian’s
user interface as well as the record device
used by the Voice Track Editor. The options
for Record Deck #1, Record Deck #2, and
Voice Track Record at the top of the Record
tab set which record function in Simian the
fields below correspond. The fields that will
show depend on the version of Windows you
are running Simian on. For Windows XP or
Windows 7 32bit, Simian will use its legacy
audio engine and your record settings will look
like those shown in Figure 3.27. For Windows
7 64bit or Windows 8 and later, your record
settings will look like Figure 3.28.
For each of Simian’s record decks, you will
need to choose the audio card record device
and what format you want it to record in.
Figure 3.27
If you are using a version of Windows that
requires Simian to use the legacy audio engine
(as explained above), you will also need to set
the Mixer and Meter settings so that Simian
knows where to get the VU Meter information
from for that record device (for the same
reason as explained in the previous
Configuring Playback Settings section).

Keep in mind that the actual

input routing of the audio from
the physical inputs to the
internal record devices is
determined by your audio card’s
configuration. For instance,
physical input 3 could be routed
to the audio card’s record
device 1. If you are using
AudioScience audio cards, you
can route any physical input to
any record device using their Figure 3.28
ASI Control utility.
The Auto Trim settings on the two main record decks cause Simian to trim the silence from the start and
end of the audio file after the recording has stopped based on a threshold of silence that you set. Auto
Trim is not possible when playing back an audio file that currently being played (known as time shifting).
____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 43
____________________________________________________________________________________

Configuring Triggers
Trigger Setup
Simian now has many more options for
General Purpose Input/Output (GPI/O)
than ever before. In Simian, we refer to
General Purpose Input as “Triggers”.
Due to the many different possible
configurations, please refer to the proper
documentation for your GPI/O device or
our Support Website (which can be
found at http://www.bsiusa.com/support)
for
instructions on installing your GPI/O
device.

Trigger Configuration in
Simian
Once your GPI device is installed and
tested, you need to set up Simian to talk
to it. Simply go to the Hardware tab in Figure 3.29
the Simian Hardware Options window.

All that you need to do is select your type of GPI device from the drop-down list. Make sure that Triggers
are turned on (check the Status Bar at the bottom of the main Simian window), and test. When you
simulate a Relay closure on the originating piece of equipment (such as the satellite receiver), the
appropriate Trigger number should light up green.
You can also use the numbers to test Triggers internally within Simian. If you want to simulate Trigger 1
coming in, simply click on the number 1 and Simian will react accordingly.
If you need to share your incoming Triggers with other instances of Simian on your local network (or even
on the same machine, if you are using Multi-Instance Simian), you can enable the Forward Triggers to IP
Address option and input the IP address and Port number you would like to forward your triggers to.
When you receive a trigger from your hardware device, Simian will respond as you have programmed it,
and it will also inform the computer at the IP address and port you have specified that a trigger was
received.
Conversely, if you want another instance of Simian to send you triggers, enable the Accept Forwarded IP
Triggers on Port option (and also configure the other machine to forward its triggers). You will also need
to set up your hardware options for the same settings as the instance of Simian that actually has the
trigger hardware connected that is sending you its triggers. Now you can set up Trigger Sets and your
instance of Simian will react to incoming triggers just as if you actually had the other Simian instance’s
hardware connected to your machine.

When you are configuring the Hardware Settings in Simian to Accept Forwarded IP Triggers,
you don’t need to have any actual hardware trigger devices connected on your local instance
of Simian. You may receive warning messages regarding setting up your local hardware and
its connection (especially with hardware that uses Serial communication), but they can be
ignored since you won’t be using the hardware device locally.

Should you need to log the time, function, and trigger number of your incoming triggers, the Generate
Incoming Trigger Log option is available. With this option enabled, a text based log file will be
generated in the C:\BSI32\Trigger Logs\ folder with a file name of Trigger_Log_[Date].txt .

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 44
____________________________________________________________________________________

Configuring Relays
Relay Device Installation
Simian now has many more options for General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) than ever before. In
Simian, we refer to General Purpose Output as “Relays". Due to the many different possible
configurations, please refer to the proper documentation for your GPI/O device, or our Support Website
(http://www.bsiusa.com/support) for instructions on installing your GPI/O device.

Relay Setup
Once your General Purpose Output
(GPO) device is installed and tested, you
need to set up Simian to talk to it. Simply
go to the Hardware tab in the Simian
Hardware Options window.
All that you need to do is select your type
of Relay(GPO) device from Switcher
drop-down list, and test.
To test Relays, close the Simian
Hardware Options window, go to the
Tools menu in the main Simian window,
and select Relay Rack. The Relay Rack
option will not appear on the Tools menu
unless you have a Relay Device selected
in the Switcher Drop-down list (on the
Hardware Tab in the Simian Hardware Figure 3.30
Options dialog box).
The Relay Rack window allows you to
test your Relays. Just click the
appropriate number and listen for the
click or watch for the reaction of the
device that’s connected to the Relay.
You can also turn all Relays on or off
here. You’ll also notice that if you click on
one of the buttons with the right mouse
button it will cause the button to “lock”
down. Just click the button again to
release it.
Figure 3.31

Configuring Serial Communication

Programming Serials
Information can be both sent to and received from external devices using your serial port. Use the Serial
window (under Async/Serials/Edit Sets on the main Simian menu bar) to define the character string(s) you
want to listen for. To enter a string, choose Edit/Insert Event and a window will open that asks, "What
string do you want to watch for?" After you assign a string, a line will appear in the Serial Set that you can
then fill normally from the Event Builder. You can also use the SERIAL macro command (in the Event
Builder) to send strings such as "xyz" and "*120" to other devices. These macros go right in the Program
Log and can be cued like any other Event.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 45
____________________________________________________________________________________

Serial Configuration in Simian

For Simian to communicate with a peripheral via the serial port, you’ll need to configure a number of
different options that may be required by your particular peripheral. Start by going to Tools/Hardware
Options and selecting the Serial Comm tab.
The information needed to set up serial communications options is available from your peripheral’s
manufacturer.

Port — Choose your preferred

communication port setting. Valid options
are COM1 through COM4.
Baud Rate — Choose the baud rate. Valid
rates range from 300 to 28,800.
Parity — Choose the parity setting. This is
the method of byte validation. Valid options
are Even, Odd, Mark, or Space.
Data Bits — Choose the data bit transfer
rate. Valid options are 4 through 8.
Stop Bits — Choose the stop bit rate.
Valid options are 1, 1.5 and 2.
Flow Control — Choose the flow control
setting. Valid options are Hardware, None,
XOn/XOff, as well as Both Hardware and
Figure 3.32 XOn/XOff.

Input Terminator — Choose CR (Carriage Return), LF (Line Feed), or CR/LF.

Output Terminator — Choose CR, LF or CR/LF.
DTR — This is a non-standard hardware-level option that is sometimes required by an external device.
Normally set for Low (disabled).
RTS — This is a non-standard hardware-level option that is sometimes required by an external device.
Normally set for Low (disabled).

You can turn Serial Communications on when Simian starts up by selecting the "Serial ON at
startup" option on the General tab under Tools/Program Options.

You can turn Serial Communications on and off by clicking the serial port item on Simian's
status bar at the bottom of the main interface.

To verify Serial Communications functions, you can go to Help/Spyglass and select the
Serial Port tab. Here you can send strings and monitor the serial port.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 46
____________________________________________________________________________________

Configuring Network Options

The network tab allows you to
configure the host settings to allow
connections to the Simian
Gateway and configure MetaData
Control to allow you to have
Simian perform trigger-like actions
based on received MetaData (IE:
data from an automation system,
or other TCP/UDP based data
source). There are also Incoming
IP Address Filters available,
should you want to limit
connections to only certain
incoming IP addresses. For more
info on the Simian Gateway and
Simian Remote applications, see
their respective manuals for
instructions on setup and usage.

Enabling Remote Figure 3.33

Gateway Connection
This section is used to configure your settings for use with the Simian Gateway application to allow
Simian Remote clients to connect to and control your Simian 2.2 Pro host. The Connection Password
field allows you to set up a password which the Simian Gateway must use to log in to your Simian 2.2 Pro
host (it is not necessarily the same password your remote users will use to login to the Simian Gateway
from the Simian Remote clients).
The number entered into the TCP Port field determines what TCP/IP port your Simian 2.2 Pro host will
listen to for Simian Gateway connections. By default, Simian 2.2 Pro will listen to port 6500 for a Simian
Gateway connection.
The Data Refresh Rate drop-down allows you to set how often the Simian 2.2 Pro Host will send update
information, including the VU meter state, the deck labels, the application labels, Hot Key statuses, and
Mixer statuses. This setting does not affect the reaction speed of asynchronous functions like clicking on
the play or stop buttons, just the refresh rate of the data types mentioned above.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 47
____________________________________________________________________________________

Incoming IP Address Filters

If the IP addresses of your remote clients or MetaData
sources are static, you can set up Incoming IP
Address filtering. With this option enabled, WaveCart
will only allow incoming connections from the IP
addresses specified, and reject all others.
You can enable or disable IP filtering for either the
remote clients, or the meta-data control functions.
To add your desired IP addresses to the filter, click on
the Set IP Filters button and the window at right will
appear. Enter your desired IP addresses into the
Figure 3.34
fields, then click Done. NOTE: wild cards are not
allowed, the IP addresses entered must be the full,
valid IP address.

Incoming MetaData Control

The Incoming MetaData Control function allows you to set up Simian to be controlled by TCP or UDP
data sources. With this option enabled and configured, Simian will listen to the desired port for specific
“watch strings”, and take the specified actions when a watch string is found in the data stream.
The list of watch strings is processed in sequential order from top to bottom, so you can implement simple
logic functions by inserting MACROS, or a comment with the description of “STOPPROCESSING” if you
want no subsequent metadata commands to be processed along with the When Present/When Not
Present function modifier.
To configure a Watch String, type the text string (a “string” is a word or sentence of alpha/numeric text)
into an available Watch String field, then use Event Builder to create a n event you want Simian to
perform when that string is encountered. You can reverse the logic of the watch string by setting the
function modifier to When Not Present, rather than When Present, so that the function is performed
when the Watch String specified is not found in a metadata stream.

Configuring Hardware Connector Settings

Simian Hardware Connectors are background
utilities that connect to specific hardware
devices, such as consoles, that allow bi-
directional interactive control functionality
between Simian and that hardware.
Connectors are installed separately from
Simian and are available from BSI for several
specific devices. At the time of this manual
writing, there is a connector available for the
GatesAIR PR&E Oasis console which
integrates the USB multi-channel audio
channel strips and the GPIO functionality
(on/off buttons) of those channels, and
another connector for Axia multi-channel
audio driver, console integration, SmartSwitch
panels, and GPIO Nodes.
The Simian side of the Hardware Connector Figure 3.35
setup is quite simple. On the Connector tab

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 48
____________________________________________________________________________________
in Simian’s Program Options window (accessed from the Tools menu in the main menu of Simian), you
can select from the currently installed Hardware Connectors from the Selected Connector tab. Below
that dropdown are two sets of identical settings profiles, one applies to when Simian is in the Auto
automation mode, and the other set is used when in either Live Assist mode or Manual mode. This
way, the Hardware Connector interaction can behave differently when in either of these modes.
The behaviors available in both profiles are:
• Channel On Trigger—The selected function on the dropdown is activated when the On button
(or equivalent GPIO function) on the configured hardware device is engaged.
• Channel Off Trigger—The selected function on the dropdown is activated when the OFF button
(or equivalent GPIO function) on the configured hardware device is engaged.
• Deck Playback Started—This executes the selected action on the connected device when the
Play button on Simian’s playback deck is clicked.
• Deck Playback Stopped—This executes the selected action on the connected device when the
Stop or Pause button on Simian’s playback deck is clicked.
Once you have configured your settings on the Simian side, click the OK button on the Program Options
window. Once you click Ok, the selected Hardware Connector will open. The Hardware Connectors will

normally NOT open their user interface. Instead,

they start minimized to the Windows “System
Tray”, down by the system clock. To open the
user interface of the connector, double click on
the Hardware Connector’s icon, which will look
like the one in figure 3.36 at right.
For instructions on setting up a specific Simian
Hardware Connector, see the instructions
included with that utility.
Figure 3.36

Configuring Categories
Events have a lot of different characteristics. Most of these, such as Name and Description, are self-
explanatory. Categories, on the other hand, are a little different. So, what do Categories do? They tell
Simian how to handle an Event. Should the Event be played in a deck or read as a Macro? Simian reads
the Category of the Event to find out how to handle that Event. Simian has 11 Categories by default, but
you can also make your own. Why would you want to make your own? Let’s say that you wanted to have
a way to easily see all of the commercials in your Program Log. You could use a file-naming scheme and
look down the Name column in the Program Log, but wouldn’t it be easier if they had a label, and maybe
showed up in a different color? You can easily do these things by creating custom Categories.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 49
____________________________________________________________________________________

Let’s take a look at the Categories tab of the

Simian Options window. The first thing you’ll
notice is a list of Categories that are split into
columns labeled Code, Type, and Description.
• The Code is a simple description. You
can assign any code that you want to any
Type. For instance, you can create a code
called “Spots” for all of your commercials.
The Code is what shows up in the
Category column of your Program Log so
you'll be able to easily pick out your
commercials in the Program Log.
• The Type describes how Simian is going
to handle events that are assigned a
particular category. If a category of Type
“Log” is assigned to an audio event, the
Event will error when played. In short, if
you want Simian to recognize an event as Figure 3.37
if it is a macro, instead of trying to play it as an Audio Event, you’ll need to make sure that the
category that is assigned to that macro has Type of “Macro” and not “Audio”.
• The Description is an easy way for you to show a simple description for your category in the
Categories tab of the Simian Program Options window.
For instance, if you want to have the Code of “PSA” show up in the Category column of the Program Log
for all of your Events that are PSA’s, just follow these simple steps; Click the Add New button, enter
“PSA” into the Letter Code field, select Audio from the Type Drop-down, and enter “Public Service
Announcements” in the Description field.

You’ll also notice that in the Create New Category dialog

box, you can assign a Text Color and a Background Color.
This allows you to set up all of your PSA’s with a red
background and blue writing (or whatever you'd like). This
works in conjunction with the drop-down list near the bottom
of the Categories tab of the Simian Options window. That
drop-down allows you to control how Simian goes about
displaying custom category colors in its Program Log. Let’s
take a look:
Figure 3.38
• Color all columns by continuity – Disregards Category colors. It uses the standard Simian
scheme of coloring events in groups that will play together.
• Color category column by category, others by continuity – Allows you to keep the standard
Simian log coloring scheme, but still see Category colors in the Category column of the Program
Log.
• Color all columns by category – Allows you to disregard the standard Simian coloring scheme
so that the entire Event is colored according to the Category color.
So, we’ve created a new Category called PSA. Now when we go into the Event Builder to build our PSA
Events, we will see PSA available in the Category drop-down. We’ll be able to see “PSA” in the category
column of the log, and we can even change the colors of all of our PSA Events.
Now, there is one potential problem with Categories that you need to be aware of. If you create a custom
category, assign it a Type, and then assign that category to the wrong kind of Event, the Event will error.
For example, if you were to create a category with a Type of “Macro” and then apply that category to an
audio file Event, Simian would try to run that Event as a macro. The Event would then fail, turn red in the
Program Log, and Simian would move on down the log. In short, a Category’s Type needs to match the
kind of Event to which you plan to assign that Category.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 50
____________________________________________________________________________________

Exclude Categories
If you are using the HTML Generator, Stream Encoding data, Metadata, or the IFEXCLUDED macro, you
can configure the Exclude Categories so that data from categories of your choosing is ignored. This
means that if you don’t want to output data from Station IDs or Spots, you could add categories for them,
then enable them in the Exclude Categories and their data won’t be sent via HTML, Stream, or Metadata.

Configuring Windows© Media Encoder

Services
If you are streaming your audio using the Windows Media Encoder 9, Simian can automatically start up
your encoder when Simian starts, and also send artist and title data when each audio cut starts. To
enable WMES within Simian, you must first set up a profile in Windows Media Encoder 9 and save the
profile to a known directory. In Simian, enable the “Enable WMES Functionality” option in the Program
Options|Streaming tab and select your WME profile in the “WME File Name” field.
If you would like Simian to automatically start the Windows Media Encoder with your saved profile, place
a check in the “Initialize WMES Encoder on startup” option. To send artist and title metadata, enable the
“Default Text Script Command” option.
If you want to change the text that is sent to the Windows Media Encoder, you can modify the text in the
field below the “Default Text Script Command” option. All the metatags available in the Configuring
Streaming (HTTP call) Output section below also apply here.

Configuring Streaming (HTTP call) Output

Simian can send artist, title, file length (among
other fields) data to your internet stream encoder
by HTTP calls when a new audio file starts playing
from your program log. In addition to allowing you
to set up custom HTTP output profiles, there are
pre-configured profiles for ShoutCast, IceCast, and
SimpleCast.
To configure ShoutCast, IceCast, or SimpleCast,
enable the profile by clicking on the checkbox to
the left of the corresponding profile. Enter the IP
address or URL to your encoder, then a colon, and
finally the port number your encoder is monitoring
into the URL/Port field (see Figure 3.39 for an
example). You may need to consult your encoder's
settings, your stream service provider, IT person, or
the encoder's manual for the URL and port number Figure 3.39
info.

To have invalid URL characters encoded as their “escape character” counterpart, enable the Encode
Stream Encoding Metadata (use URL entities) option. For example, spaces will be replaced by “%20”
when this option is enabled.
To configure other services – such as Live365, or others – that do not have a preconfigured HTTP output
profile, there are two steps:
1. Enter the IP address/URL and port number required to access your stream encoder into one
of the three Custom profiles' URL/Port field.
2. Modify the corresponding entry in the “Encoder Data.ini” file contained in C:\BSI32\ for the
remainder of the URL required by your stream encoder.
To create your custom URL string, Meta Variables can be used to represent the data fields from your

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 51
____________________________________________________________________________________
audio tracks. Meta Variables are replaced at run-time with the actual data from the audio track that is
playing. Below is a list of the available Meta Variables.
• %ARTIST% Artist/Advertiser field
• %TITLE% Title Description field
• %ALBUM% Album field
• %CATEGORY% Category field *(see note regarding SimpleCast)
• %LENGTHMILS% Audio file duration in milliseconds
• %LENGTHSECONDS% Audio file duration in seconds
• %LENGTH% Audio file duration in mm:ss
• %FILENAME% Physical filename of audio file
• %PASSWORD% Password entered in the corresponding HTTP output profile
• %USERNAME% Username entered in the corresponding HTTP output profile
• %URL% URL field
• %PUBLISHER% Publisher field
• %COMPOSER% Composer field
• %GENRE% Genre field
• %YEAR% Year field
• %COMMENTS% Comments field
• %STATIONID% Station ID field
• %COPY% Copy field
• %COPYRIGHT% Copyright field
• %DESC% Description field
• %PROGRAMLOG% Program Log file name
• %ALBUMARTFILENAME% File name of currently displayed station logo or album art

Example:
http://192.168.1.90:8888 along with the username and/or password (if required by your stream
encoder) would be entered in the Custom 1 field on the Streaming tab of Simian’s Program
Options.
/?user=%username%&pass=%password%&artist=%artist%&title=%title%&image=%URL%
would be entered after the “Custom1=” line in the EncoderData.ini file.

*SimpleCast uses single letter categories of "S", "A", "P", "J", and “I” to represent
Song, Advertisement, ID, Commercial, etc. For the SimpleCast profile only, Simian
will automatically convert the following common full word categories to the
corresponding single letter categories before outputting the HTTP data:
Category Name as entered in Character replacement before
Simian sending to SimpleCast
“Audio” S
“Ad”, “Advertisement”,
A
“Comm”, “Commercial”
“ID”, “Station ID” I
“Promo”, “PSA” P
“Jingle” J
This is done so that you can leave categories in Simian as the easier to work with
whole word categories while retaining SimpleCast's category functionality. Note that
only the specifically listed categories above are automatically translated. All other
categories are passed through as given.

Configuring Metadata (PAD, UDP/TCP)

Output
Should you have the need to output artist, title, category, etc. data to an RDS, Stream Encoder, or other
device via UDP or TCP, Simian offers Metadata output functionality (commonly referred to as PAD data).
Before using this function, you must create a template file. The Metadata function utilizes a user-created
template to structure the output data. The Metadata output uses the same field tags as the HTML
generator, so all the same fields are available.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 52
____________________________________________________________________________________
There are also two built-in templates to work with Orban Optimod and Omnia AXE encoders. Simply
enable either of these options and set your IP address and Port number (which need to match your
configuration in your Optimod or AXE device’s setup).

Creating a Metadata Template

To create a Metadata template, you will need an ASCII text editor (such as Notepad, which is included
with your Windows operating system). Use the Meta variables from the table below to build your your
PAD output file (see Figure 3.40 for an example, %ARTIST%, %TITLE%, and %URL% are meta-
variables used).
• %ARTIST% Artist/Advertiser field
• %TITLE% Title Description field
• %ALBUM% Album field
• %CATEGORY% Category field *(see note regarding SimpleCast)
• %LENGTHMILS% Audio file duration in milliseconds
• %LENGTHSECONDS% Audio file duration in seconds
• %LENGTH% Audio file duration in mm:ss
• %FILENAME% Physical filename of audio file
• %PASSWORD% Password entered in the corresponding HTTP output profile
• %USERNAME% Username entered in the corresponding HTTP output profile
• %URL% URL field
• %PUBLISHER% Publisher field
• %COMPOSER% Composer field
• %GENRE% Genre field
• %YEAR% Year field
• %COMMENTS% Comments field
• %STATIONID% Station ID field
• %COPY% Copy field
• %COPYRIGHT% Copyright field
• %DESC% Description field
• %PROGRAMLOG% Program Log file name
• %ALBUMARTFILENAME% File name of currently displayed station logo or album art
Example:
Template: Merged Output:

Figure 3.40: PAD template before song data is merged Figure 3.41: PAD Output file after song data is merged (output
is sent via UDP/TCP, not merged to a file. This is for example
only)

Configuring Metadata Settings

After you have created your template file as outlined above, you will need to configure Simian’s Metadata
options to utilize your file and let Simian know where and how it is to send your data.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 53
____________________________________________________________________________________

Template File Name – click on the “…”

Browse Button to browse to, and select
your PAD data template file (these usually
have an .xml extension). There are also
two built-in templates for use with Orban
Optimod and Omnia AXE available.
IP Address – Enter the IP address or
URL to your encoder (or other device)
that you want to send your PAD data to.
Port – Enter the port your encoder (or
other device) is monitoring for PAD data.
UDP / TCP selection – Select the
communication type, either UDP or TCP.
Note that TCP can cause delay/timeout
issues if the address and port specified
are not accessible.
Use Exclude Categories – If you would
like to exclude data from categories of
your choosing, enable this option after
configuring the Exclude Categories on the Figure 3.42
Categories tab.

Configuring Mixers
Simian has 16 on-screen mixers. To see them, click the Mixers
button near the bottom-right of the main Simian interface. You
can assign up to four individual audio devices to each mixer
(most consumer grade cards have one audio device, while
professional cards often have many). You can then use the
mixer slider on the Mixers Panel to directly control those
devices. To assign an audio device to a mixer, just click the
button under the slider. You’ll see the dialog box to the right:
Now, let’s look at these options individually:
Friendly Name – You can call the mixer anything that you want
up to 5 characters. Whatever you type in this text box will
display on the button under the mixer in the Mixers Panel.
Mixers – Let’s say that you have an AudioScience 4334 card
and a standard SoundBlaster card installed in your computer.
This option would allow you to select the individual card that
you want to control with this mixer.
Lines – Your sound card will have a number of different lines
(volume controls) available to control different devices, inputs,
or outputs. You can select any of the lines here. Generally, only
input lines are assigned to Simian’s mixers, as the play device
mixers are automatically assigned by Simian. You can find a
great deal of information on mixer setup on our website. Just
check out www.bsiusa.com/support. Figure 3.43

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 54
____________________________________________________________________________________
Faders – Audio devices often have more than one fader. This drop-down allows you to select which of
the faders that you want to control on an individual device.
Selected Controls – Once you have selected your fader, just click the "+" button next to one of the
Selected Controls lines to add your configuration to the list. You can control up to four faders with each
mixer by adding them to the list. This is handy for multiple-device audio cards.
AutoMute controls during audio file playback. – If you want to automatically mute this mixer whenever
the playback devices become active, you can select this option. This is handy for people who use pass-
through to control a satellite feed.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 55
____________________________________________________________________________________

Configuring Spyglass
The SpyGlass dialog box can be found under Help/SpyGlass Diagnostics. It is a great tool for
troubleshooting and testing. Let's look at the available options:

Status Tab
The Status tab shows file use and performance information. This information is usually used by our Tech
Support Team to gather certain information that is not available elsewhere. You’ll notice two buttons
toward the bottom.
The Expanded Simian Information button will open your text editor and create a SpyGlass File. These
files help our Tech Support people help you. They may ask for them if you should ever need to call. The
button simply opens your text editor and fills it with information that you can save and send to our Tech
Support Team.
The Windows System Information button opens the Windows System Information application where you
can save a snapshot of your system configuration. Our Tech Support people may also request this file if
you should ever need to call them.

Times/Debug Tab
The Times field displays the current status of the Timed Events in your Program Log and how Simian’s
audio engine is working with them, if they have been played or not, etc. The Debug field displays any
status messages (innocuous or not) being generated by Simian’s audio engine.

Playback Decks Tab

Shows the current status of all of the interactions between Simian and your audio card for each of the
three playback decks.

Expert Tab
The Expert tab provides information on system variables and a few options. The Audio Interface settings
are second-level options designed to be implemented with the assistance of BSI Technical Support, or
people with the word “Engineer” in their job title.

Serial Port Tab

Here you can see the serial port status, as well as what’s coming in through the Serial Port. You can also
send messages directly out to the Serial Port. This tab is great for setting up serial devices such as the
Broadcast Tools SS8.2 audio switcher.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 56
____________________________________________________________________________________

Configuring Security Options

The first time that you select Security (under the Window
menu on the main Simian menu bar), it will ask you for a
password. Make sure that you hold on to the password, as
there’s no way to retrieve it.
The first thing that you’ll notice across the top of the Simian
Security window is the User Name drop-down list, and three
buttons. These controls allow you to create different users
and give each of them different security settings. The settings
on all four tabs change for each user that you define. Let’s
look at each of these individually…
User Name – This drop-down list holds a list of all of the
users that you’ve defined. Figure 3.44

Add New User – This button allows you to define new users and add them to the User Name list.
Delete This User – Lets you delete the selected User Name from the drop-down list.
Save User’s Settings – If you make changes on the four tabs, click this button to apply them to the
selected user.

Menus Tab
Here you can hide any of the menus on the main Simian menu bar.
Modify Language Options – To access Simian’s Language Editor, click on this button. You will then be
able to modify any text in Simian to your own custom language or wording.

Operation Tab
Enables you to set limits on several of the functions of Simian and keep users from shutting Simian down,
and/or from running multiple instances of Simian.
Allow only one instance of Simian – If Simian is already open, another instance cannot be opened.
Prevent Simian Shutdown – Simian cannot be closed from the File menu or the Windows “X” button in
the upper right corner of Simian.
Disable EXITSIMIAN macro – Simian will ignore the EXITSIMIAN macro so Simian can’t exit via macro.
Track program log editing – This option causes Simian to create a log file (Leyymmdd.txt) in the Logs
folder (by default c:\bsi32\logs). This file will give the time and nature of all Program Log edits.
Prevent program log editing – Prevents users from editing the Program Log.
Verify program log date for time events – Prevents Time Events from playing if the Program Log goes
out of date.
Prevent replay of events – This option prevents Simian from playing any Events with information in the
Status column.
Lock the main window’s status bar buttons – Locks the Time Events, Serial port, Event Log, but not
the Audio List buttons on the status bar.

Admin Password Tab

Go here to change the password to enter the Simian Security window.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 57
____________________________________________________________________________________

Configuring the VoiceTrack Editor

Voice Tracking is pretty intensive work for your
computer. We highly advise doing your Voice
Tracking on your production machine.
Voice Tracking requires four separate audio
devices, three devices for playback and one record
device. This is where your professional grade
production audio card really shines.
Before you can use the VoiceTrack Editor, you
must set up the VoiceTrack audio devices in the
Tools/Hardware Options/Playback screen.
The Voice Track Editor Assignments area allows
you to select which audio devices you'd like to use
to play back VoiceTrack Cut #1, VoiceTrack Track,
and VoiceTrack Cut #2. These three settings Figure 3.45
correspond to the three main rows in the
VoiceTrack Editor Panel.
To configure the record device for the VoiceTrack
Track, you'll want to go to Tools/Hardware
Options/Record, click the VoiceTrack Record radio
button, and then designate the record device that
you'd like to use.
Finally, if you want Simian to be able to play back
your VoiceTracks, you'll need to make sure that
you're recording to a folder that SoundHound is
indexing. You designate this setting under
Tools/Program Options/Paths.
Just select VoiceTrack default record from the
Other Paths drop-down list and click the Set button
to designate the folder. You'll notice a list of the Figure 3.46
folders that are currently indexed by SoundHound
at the top of the Paths tab.

Figure 3.47

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 58
____________________________________________________________________________________

Configuring Crash Recovery

Crash Recovery is a feature of Simian that will help you get back on the air quickly and automatically after
a power outage. It's no replacement for an un-interruptible power supply (UPS), but for the station on a
budget, it will get Simian running again as soon as the power comes back on. It'll even take you back to
the same spot in a long file that was playing when the lights went out.

To set up Crash Recovery:

1. Go to Tools/Program Options and select the General tab.
2. Put a check mark in Use Crash Recovery.
3. Close the Simian Options Window, then close Simian.
4. Find the simian.exe file and put a shortcut to it in your Windows Startup folder.
5. Configure Windows to bypass any login screens at startup.
That's all there is to it. Now you'll be able to automatically return to the place where you left off whenever
the power company fails you.

Configuring AutoReplace
AutoReplace will help you keep your Program Log "on time" by replacing any failed Audio Events with
another Audio Event of similar length. Events can fail for a number of reasons such as missing audio files,
or incorrect spelling of audio file names in a particular Event. AutoReplace can also replace out of date
th
files for you, so that you'll never have to worry about airing that big Christmas Eve sale spot on the 26 .
To configure AutoReplace, just follow these steps:
1. Go to Tools/Program Options and select the General tab.
2. Select Engage AutoReplacement and click the Settings button.
3. At the top of the AutoReplacement dialog box are two options. Replace Missing Items and
Replace Out-Of-Date Items. If you'd like to replace missing items such as missing audio files,
select the first option. If you'd like to replace out of date Events, the second option is for you.
4. The bottom section of the AutoReplacement window allows you to select four audio files and four
time ranges. Simply set your time ranges and drag Events in from the Event Builder. Feel free to
use Carts as AutoReplace replacement Events.
5. Click Done and you're all set!

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 59
____________________________________________________________________________________

Configuring TimeSync
TimeSync is a feature that allows you to synchronize your system clock with a satellite network using
Triggers. Basically you're allowing a window of system clock time where Simian will listen for a Trigger to
come down, and then reset the system clock to the designated time when the Trigger comes in. Here are
some simple instructions:
1. Go to Tools/Program Options and select the General tab.
2. Select Engage TimeSync and click the Settings button.
3. Set the TimeSync Time to the time that you expect to receive the Trigger.
4. Set the window larger than the amount of time that your computer typically gets "off time" from
the network.
5. Select the Trigger that you want to listen for.
6. Click OK and test.
For instance, we tell Simian that a Trigger normally comes in at 13:02, the Trigger to watch for is number
2, and we want to monitor that trigger for two minutes. Now Simian will listen for two minutes, starting at
13:01 computer time for the Trigger. When the Trigger comes in, Simian will set the system clock to 13:02
so you'll be TimeSynced up with the network.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 60
____________________________________________________________________________________

Configuring the Simian File Sync Utility

It is recommended that you make backup copies of all your files contained in the directories
used in the Simian File Sync utility (your audio files and program logs, trigger sets, hotkey
sets, and scheduled event sets) on both the local computer and the remote computer
BEFORE configuring the Simian File Sync utility.
The first time the Simian File Sync is
opened, it will display the window shown
at right. If the window doesn’t pop up on
its own, it may be minimized to the
system tray (the area by the system
clock). Double click on the icon as shown
in Figure 3.49 to open the main user
interface. The left column of paths is the
local paths as configured in Simian. The
right column of paths is the location the
Simian File Sync utility will synchronize
with.
Between the two computers you want to
sync, it is recommended to run this utility
on the production machine, rather than
the on-air machine, simply to reserve the
most processing “horse power” on your
on-air system for more critical tasks. Figure 3.48
Before setting up Simian File Sync, you
will need to configure Windows folder
sharing on the other machine so that the
machine running Simian File Sync will
have access to the pertinent directories. nc
Sy
Unfortunately, windows drive mapping is le
Fi
a large subject that is highly dependent n
ia
m
on the version of Windows being used Si
and the other drive and network
configuration settings your computing
ecosystem has amongst other things, so
this manual will not be able to tackle that
part of the setup for you. You will need to Figure 3.49
consult your network administrator or
consultant for help with that.

By default, you will need want to share your C:\BSI32 folder, and also your audio directory (which by
default is in C:\BSI32\Audio, but we recommend to move that to a dedicated audio hard drive, such as
D:\Audio). Once you have your folders shared from the other machine, you will need to map those
shares to a drive letter on the machine you want to run Simian File Sync on. In the example shown in
Figure 3.48, the remote shares are mapped as H:\ for the remote machine’s C:\BSI32 folder and I:\ for the
remote machine’s D:\ drive.
If you change your paths in SoundHound at any time in the future, you can click on the Reload Paths
from Simian button to automatically reload the current paths configured in SoundHound into the Local
Paths list. Keep in mind, though, that this will wipe out the configured paths from the Remote Path
column and you will need to reselect all the equivalent remote paths.
With all your remote machine’s directories shared and mapped, you can now set the remote path
directories on the Path Settings tab by clicking on the Directory Browse button to the right of each
path and selecting the equivalent remote path for the utility to sync. For the Audio File paths, highlight the

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 61
____________________________________________________________________________________
path you want to set the remote path for, then click on the Directory Browse button. To add an audio
directory that isn’t already defined in the Local Paths list, click on the Directory Add button. To remove
a directory from the list, highlight it and then click on the Directory Remove button.

Next, you will need to go to the Program

Settings tab.
If you don’t use Text, Video, or Serial Sets
in Simian, you can leave the Include
Extended Simian Folders option
unchecked.
If you leave the Automatically
Synchronize When Application Starts
option unchecked, sync will not happen
until you manually click on the
Synchronize Now button.
The Start Application Window in
Minimized State option will make the
Simian File Sync utility start without
showing the user interface. Since most Figure 3.50
users have Simian File Sync set to automatically start when Windows starts up, this option is desirable to
leave enabled so that the user interface doesn’t always pop up when the system starts up.
The Synchronize Folders Every [X] Minutes After Previous Sync option will cause a subsequent sync
to occur after the previous sync finishes. Note that this option is usually used in conjunction with the
Automatically Synchronize When Application Starts option, since this option will only cause auto-sync
to cycle once the initial sync is started.
It is highly recommended to configure a backup directory for Simian File Sync. We can’t emphasize that
enough. With this option set up, a backup copy of any file that is changed or deleted through the
synchronization process will first be copied to the specified backup directory. Should you choose to store
multiple copies of backups, Simian File Sync will keep several versions of the synced file so that you can
have a historical backup of your files to be able to go back to if somebody accidentally overwrites,
updates, or deletes an important file.

Make sure you have the spare hard drive space for your backups. For each additional
backup copy set you make, you will potentially need that many times the total file space as
all your audio files and ancillary files used by Simian.

Ensure that the system clocks on the two systems you are syncing are within one second of
each other. The system date and time logged in each file when a file is modified is used to
compare which file is needed to sync. Incorrect date/time settings can inhibit the
synchronization process from operating properly.

If you want to set up multiple instances of Simian File Sync on the same computer with
different settings to have a single production machine sync with multiple on-air Simian
systems, it is possible to set up short cuts with “/session:2” (for any number between 1 and
9) so that Simian File Sync starts with a different set of configuration settings.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 62
____________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter 4 Operation

Learning the Simian Interface

Figure 4.1

When Simian opens, you can see the main window – if it doesn’t look quite like the example above, click
the ‘Audio List is Visible’ option on the bottom right of your screen.
The Simian interface has a lot of the familiar Windows® features such as a Title Bar and menus across
the top.

The middle area, however, has “BSI-specific” features. This chapter covers all the elements but will focus
on the BSI-specific items; the three Main Playback Decks, the Program Log, and the Tool Panels.
We recommend taking the time to familiarize yourself with the interface. Learn where the basic
configuration options are (in the Tools menu and the Window/Security menu). Learn how to open Sets
(Memorized Events Sets, Trigger Sets, HotKey Sets), and how to drag events into them from the Event
Builder. You'll also want to check out the shortcut keys (Ctrl+B for Event Builder for example) and right-
click menus to move quickly around the program.

Menus
Menu selections can be made by clicking on the menu title or by pressing the first letter of the menu
name along with the ALT key on the PC keyboard. To open the File menu, press ALT+F. The sub-menu
items can then be activated by clicking on their names or by pressing the letter that is underlined in the
sub-menu name.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 63
____________________________________________________________________________________

Time & Date

Figure 4.2

The first thing below the menus at the top of the Simian main window are the time and date indicators.
You can click on them to change their format.
Clicking the time toggles between 12-hour to 24-hour time. Clicking the date indicator will toggle from an
extended "January 1, 2000" type display to a shorter "1/1/00" display. You can further modify the way the
Time and Date are displayed in the "Regional Settings" icon of the Windows Control Panel. Simian uses
the Windows settings as the template for the time and date displays. Just right-click the time or date to
bring up these settings.
Simian will also display temperature and weather information in this bar if you’ve opened the weather
dialog box and updated current conditions. Click CTRL+W to open the weather dialog box.

Playback Decks

Figure 4.3

Simian has three playback decks toward the top of the program. Events are cycled through the decks
from left to right as Simian sequences through the Program Log. All Events in the Program log except for
Non-Sequential Events cycle through the Playback Decks. Each deck is made up of a few different parts.
Let's look at them individually:
Clocks – The three clocks, Intro, Count
Up, and Count Down show you, Int
Co
un
Co
un
t tD
respectively, the time left before the Intro ro
Clo Up ow
nC
ck Clo
Tone in the Audio Event, the count up ck loc
k
from the beginning of the Audio Event,
and the count down to the end of the
Audio Event. You can configure the decks Event Information
to count down to the segue tone in the VU Meter
Audio Event by selecting the Clocks
countdown to segue option under
Tools/Hardware Options/Playback.
VU Meters – The VU meters are standard n on n to
n
t to tt t to er ut
meters telling you the audio levels for the Bu Bu Bu bb n
B
e ru io
device assigned to that particular deck. ay us op c
ud
it
Pl Pa St S
A
You can hide the VU Meters by selecting
Hide audio meters under Tools/Hardware
Figure 4.4
Options/Playback.

Play – The play button on a deck will start playback of that specific deck.
Pause – Pressing this button pauses playback for that deck.
Stop/Eject – When it looks like a stop button, it stops what's playing in the deck. When it looks like an
eject button, it ejects the Event that's currently loaded and loads the next available Event (NTL) in the
Program Log.
Scrubber – You can scrub through your Audio Events here. You'll also notice a little white coloring
toward the beginning and the end of the blue area under the slider control. The white is the area before

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 64
____________________________________________________________________________________
the Intro Tone and after the Secondary Tone. Scrubbers are hidden by default. You can turn them on
under Tools/Program Options/Playback.
Audition – This button allows you to play Audio Events in the deck through your audition speakers. If you
click it, it turns red. This tells you that you're using the audition speakers. If you click it again, it turns
green and whatever's playing goes out over the air.
Event Information – This area shows you all of the pertinent information about the Event that's loaded
into the deck. The information changes based on the type of Event. Macro Events will show different info
than Audio Events, etc.

Program Log
Simian's Program Log is its own version of the
standard radio industry program log. Simian
simply sequences down the log and plays
Events. It may stop, start, or jump forward
based on information in the Cue column. You'll
find much more useful information on Program
Logs a little later in this chapter.

Figure 4.5

Audio List
The Audio List holds a list of the files that are
currently available in your Audio Database.
This database is created by SoundHound,
which is covered completely in Chapter 4. The
Audio List can be hidden using the right-hand
button on the Status bar.

Figure 4.6

Tool Panels
As we move down, we come to the Tool Panels area. Here you will see one of four Panels. You select
your panels using the five buttons at the bottom-left of the main Simian window (see the Bottom Buttons
section on the next page). Let's look at each one individually:

Record Panel

Figure 4.7
The Record Panel has two Record Decks that you can use to manually record audio.
You'll find instructions on recording audio a little later in this section.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 65
____________________________________________________________________________________

HotKeys Panel

Figure 4.8
HotKeys are a simple interface to push a button and play a sound. We'll go over their usage a little
later in this section.

VoiceTrack Panel

Figure 4.9
The VoiceTrack Panel holds the VoiceTrack Editor. Here you can easily create great-sounding
Voice Tracks with a simple-to-use interface. For all of the details, check out the Using The
VoiceTrack Editor section a little later in this chapter.

Mixer Panel

Figure 4.10
The Mixer Panel has two parts. On the left are sliders for Simian's four playback decks. On the
right are 16 configurable mixers. Check out the Using Mixers section of this chapter and the
Configuring Mixers section of Chapter 3 for more information.

Bottom Buttons

Figure 4.11
Simian has a row of buttons at the bottom of its main window. These buttons allow you to select the
active Tool Panel (or hide the Tool Panel with the Extend Log button), play and stop all playback decks,
and change the Automation Mode. The Automation Mode button changes color. Green for Full
automation (displayed as ‘Auto’, as shown), yellow for Live Assist, and red for Automation Off (displayed
as ‘Off’).

Status Bar

Figure 4.12
At the very bottom of the main Simian window is the Status Bar. The Status Bar gives you information on
the current state of Time Events, Triggers, and the Event Log. You can also hide and view the audio list.
This allows you to see the Program Log more easily during times when the Audio List is not needed.
There is a security setting to disable all of these buttons except the Audio List button, so if these buttons
stop working, ask your system administrator.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 66
____________________________________________________________________________________

Using Program Logs

Simian's Program Log is its own version of the standard radio industry program log. Simian simply
sequences down the log and plays Events. It may stop, start, or jump forward based on the data in the
Cue column.
Different kinds of Events cause Simian to do different things. An Audio Event may play a song, while a
DECKFADE Macro Event could change the volume of one of the three main play decks. Basically,
anything that takes up a line in a Program Log is an Event.
Events have Cues, which cause Simian to play differently. For instance, if Simian sequences down to an
Event that has an AutoStart Cue (+ in the Cue column), it will automatically play that Event. On the other
hand, if Simian sequences down to an Event that has a Manual Cue (Cue column empty), it will stop and
wait for some other reason to start. Those other reasons could be a Start Next Macro Event that's played
based on a HotKey, a Trigger, or from a press of the spacebar.

Let's page over and take a look at the

different parts of the Program Log:
At the top, you'll see the name of the
Program Log and the Air Date. To the
right is Runtime & Position Info. You
can turn Runtime & Position Info on and
off under the Log menu. You can also
set an Air Date for the log by clicking on
the Program Log name or the Air Date.
Lastly, you can turn the Runtime &
Position Info off by deselecting its
option under the Log menu.
Below the Runtime & Position info,
you'll see the Column Titles. These
simply point out the different bits of
information in the individual Events. You
can show and hide them by right-
clicking the Program Log and selecting Figure 4.13
Show Column Titles.

The buttons across the bottom are pretty self-explanatory, but let's go through them:
Cut – Cuts the selected Event out of the Program Log and places its data onto the Windows Clipboard for
later use.
Copy – Places a copy of the selected Event on the Windows Clipboard for later use.
Paste – Pastes an Event from the Windows Clipboard into the Program Log below the selected Event.
This will only work if an Event has been Cut or Copied.
Move Up – Moves the selected Event up in the Program Log.
Move Down – Moves the selected Event down in the Program log.
Event Builder – Displays the Event Builder interface.
Make Next – Loads the selected Event into the next available Play Deck.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 67
____________________________________________________________________________________

You can also right-click the Program Log and get this menu:

Edit Info – Opens the BSI Info Editor for the selected Event.
Edit Audio – Opens the selected Audio Event's audio file in the
selected audio editor. You define your audio editor under
Tools/Program Options/Paths.
Edit Cue / Scheduled Time – Opens a window that allows you to
modify the scheduled time and cue type of the currently selected item
in the program log.
Edit Filename – Opens a window that allows you to modify the file
name of the currently selected item in the program log
Undo – Reverses your last action
Cut, Copy, Paste – These work just like their corresponding buttons
at the bottom of the Program Log.
Quick Insert – Allows you to quickly type in the file name for an audio
file. It will be automatically assigned to an Audio Event and inserted
into the Program Log below the selected Event.
Make Next – Cues up the selected Event to play next.
Toggle AutoStart – Will toggle the selected Event's Cue information
between AutoStart and Manual.
Clear Status – Clears the information in the Status column for the
selected Event.
Set Runtime Start – Starts the Runtime & Position info at the time it
Figure 4.14 is clicked.

Set Runtime Start – Starts the Runtime & Position info at the time it is clicked.
Event Builder – Works just like its corresponding button at the bottom of the Program Log.
Show Column Titles – Shows or hides the column headers in the Program Log.
Change Font – Allows you to change the font displayed in the Program Log and the Audio List.
Change Row Height – Allows you to change the height of each row in the program log.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 68
____________________________________________________________________________________

Creating Program Logs

There are several ways to create Program Logs. If you are not using a traffic or music scheduling
system, you will probably create your Program Logs from scratch using the Event Builder. If you are
using traffic and/or music scheduling software, you will be importing “raw” logs from those systems and
then editing them in Simian.
The Event Builder is the tool that you will use to manually build and edit all your Program Logs (and any
other lists, such as HotKey Sets) in Simian. The basic strategy for building your lists is to simply open
Event Builder, configure the Events with the options provided, set the Event Variables, then drag and
drop Events from the Event Builder “Drag From Here” spot into the place in the Program Log where you
want them to go. Once you have all your Events in your Program Log, you can drag them around or cut
and paste them using familiar Windows Cut, Copy and Paste commands.
To chain one Program Log to the next, you can add a "Log" event to the bottom of your log that calls the
next Program Log. When Simian sequences down the Program Log to a Log Event it will load that
Program Log and start it according to the cue of the first Event in the new Program Log.

Manually Creating a New Program Log

To start a new log from scratch:
1. Select File/New Program Log.
2. Select Tools/Event Builder.
3. Select an Audio Event from the list on the Audio tab of the Event Builder.
4. Set its Event Variables. These are the Cue, Category, and Scheduled Time. In this situation the
Cue will be AutoStart, The Category will be Audio and the Scheduled Time will be 00:00:00, as
we are not configuring this Event to be a Timed Event.
5. Drag from the Drag From Here spot into the Program Log.
6. Repeat steps 3-5, using different types of Events until you have a working Program Log.
Audio Events are just one type of Event, and we used them here as an example because they are easy to
configure. Once your Events are listed in the Program Log, you can cut and paste them from one line to
another or use your mouse to drag and drop them into different places.

Manually Editing Program Logs

There are several different ways to manually edit a Program Log in Simian. You can insert Events,
modify Events, move Events, and delete Events. You can even change an Event's Cue by pushing a
single button.
To change the Cue of a highlighted Event, press the appropriate Cue symbol key on the number pad or
keyboard. For example, you can change many events to AutoStart at once by highlighting them and
tapping the "+" key.
You can cut, copy, paste, or delete Events by using the right-click menu, the buttons at the bottom of the
Program Log, or by using the standard Windows Hot Keys:
To cut events press Ctrl + X
To copy events press Ctrl + C
To paste events press Ctrl + V
To delete events press the Delete key

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 69
____________________________________________________________________________________
You can cut, copy or delete multiple events by holding the SHIFT or CTRL keys to select many Events at
once. Click on the first Event you want to select, then press and hold the SHIFT key. Click on the last
Event you want. The entire range in between will be highlighted. Or click on the first event you want, hold
the CTRL key, and select Events out of sequence. Now you can cut or copy the whole range. You can
also paste the entire range into the current Program Log, Memorized Events window, or any other list
item.

You can use the "quick insert" function to insert an Audio Event in your Program Log if you
know the filename. Press Ctrl-Q or right-click on the program log where you want to insert
the Event and choose "Quick Insert" from the pop-up menu.

Saving Changes to Program Logs

To save any changes you’ve made to a program log, select File/Save. To give it a new name, select
File/Save As, type a new name, and click OK.
To change the description or other properties of a Program Log, click on the Properties button in the Save
As dialog box, make the desired changes, and click OK.

Calculating Run Times

Simian will calculate the run time for a selected group of Events. To do this, go to the Log menu and
choose Display Runtime & Position Info. The information will appear on the right at the top of the
Program Log. For Example, if you highlight Events five through nine, (5 to 9) will appear and the
calculated run time will appear next to it. To the right of this figure is the number of the currently
highlighted Event and the total number of Events in the log.

Verifying Program Logs

You can check a Program Log at any time for errors
using the Program Log Verification routine. This will
help you identify any Event whose associated file
might be missing (wave files, text files, Program
Logs, and carts). Select Log/Verify Program Log
from the menu bar. This will give you Program Log
statistics, verification options and a window to view
the error log results. These are each described
below:

Program Log Statistics

Extended information about the current program log
is available in the top of the Program Log
Verification window. This includes the program log
Name, its Description, the total number of Events
and the current line (the line currently highlighted).

Figure 4.15

Log Verification Options

In the middle portion of the window you can choose your verification options. These include Mark Errors
in Program Log, Create Error List, Verify Length of Audio Files and Check Start and End Dates as of a
certain date. Simian can check Start and End dates relatively, meaning what would be early or late as of
a future date. For example, if it’s Friday and you are checking Monday’s log, any spots that don’t start
until Sunday will be flagged as being out of date, which won’t be true on Monday. Simian allows you to
check the log as of Monday, meaning it will know that the Sunday spots will be valid as of Monday. This

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 70
____________________________________________________________________________________
also works with spots that will expire before a certain day. You can check the log “as of” any date up to a
week in the future.

Results
If you select Create Error List, Simian will review the currently loaded Program Log for errors then
generate an error list that you can view on-screen or print. You can go back and review the results of the
most recent error check by selecting View Error List.

Automatically check logs when loaded

This option will cause Simian to automatically check for missing/expired events in your Program Log
whenever Simian loads one (When opening a log, when a log is loaded with the CHAIN macro, or if
Simian has been configured to, when Simian starts and loads the last log).

Chaining Logs
In most fully automated situations, you will want Simian to automatically load up and start the next day’s
Program Log to create a continuous chain of logs. The CHAIN macro in conjunction with the Scheduled
Events functionality of Simian is used to accomplish this. Follow the steps below to implement the CHAIN
macro in your own setup.

First, go to the Async menu

and choose Show
Scheduled Events.
The Scheduled Events
window will appear as shown
at right.

Figure 4.16

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 71
____________________________________________________________________________________

Open Event Builder either by clicking on

the Event Builder icon , or by going to
the Tools menu in the main Simian window
and choosing Event Builder.
Once in the Event Builder, go to the Macro
tab and choose ”CHAIN” from the Macro
name dropdown list.

Figure 4.17

Click your mouse cursor into the Macro name dropdown. Move the cursor to the end of the word
“CHAIN”, add a space, then add the name of your program log. The CHAIN macro has the ability to
use meta variables to represent the file name. This means that it can dynamically find your program
log based on the current day or date using the following codes:
%W [the first three letters of the day, Ex: Mon, Tue]
%M [two digits representing the month]
%D [two digits representing the day]
%Y [two digits representing the year]
%Z [four digits representing the year]
%X ["WKD" on weekdays, "SAT" on Saturdays, and "SUN" on Sundays]
Therefore, if your program logs are named with the date that log is going to air, your CHAIN macro
should be entered as shown.

Figure 4.18

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 72
____________________________________________________________________________________

Now you are ready to add your CHAIN macro to your Scheduled Events.

Click and drag from the Drag From Here icon and drop it onto the Scheduled Events window.

Figure 4.19

Now that the event has been added, we need to set

the days and time it is to occur.
To set the days, highlight the CHAIN event added to
the Scheduled Events window in the last step. Click
on the Set Event Schedule icon .

The window shown at right will appear. In most

cases you will want to CHAIN your logs every day,
so click on the Every Day button, then click OK.

Figure 4.20

Make sure the CHAIN event is still highlighted. To

set the time the event will occur, click on the Set
Event Time icon .

The CHAIN macro should be set to 23:59:50 under

most circumstances. Because the meta variables
always reference tomorrow’s date, running the
CHAIN macro before midnight will load up the next
day’s log to be ready to play at the top of the hour.
After setting the time, click on the Set button.
Figure 4.21

You are now done adding the CHAIN event to your

Scheduled Events. Make sure to save your
Scheduled Events set. Just as importantly, make
sure you set your saved Scheduled Events set as
the set Simian is currently using, and also that it is
the set automatically loaded when Simian starts by
setting the Startup Scheduled Events and Current Figure 4.22
Scheduled Events dropdowns to your saved set
before closing the Scheduled Events window.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 73
____________________________________________________________________________________

Importing and Merging Logs

Considerations
All scheduling software exports either a character delimited or position dependent text file regardless of
the three-character filename extension.
Simian simply reads these files to find the columns and then rearranges the columns.

Let’s talk about text…

Text files are very simple containers that hold characters. Characters are letters, numbers, punctuation
marks, Symbols, etc. Basically, characters are anything that take up one “placeholder” in a text file such
as “A” “8” “#” “+” “ “ or even “☺”
Program Logs are saved as text files, but with a special character to represent the separation between
the different ‘pieces’ of data. There aren’t really any scheduling programs out there that export “smiley
delimited” text files, but the point is that the delimiting character is a unique character that separates the
information and that won’t be used within the text (this means that comma or apostrophe delimited might
not be a good choice if you use those characters in your Artist Names and Titles. Also note that “#” or “+”
delimited would be a bad choice of delimiting character because those characters are both used to
represent cue types in Simian. Most commonly used delimiting characters are “|” or the [tab] key).
So, we’ve got our text file with a bunch of characters all in rows. Now it’s time to talk about a couple other
terms; Records and Columns. For our use, records are individual horizontal lines in the text file. Columns,
however are a little more complicated. In its simplest form, column means information in a stack, but how
do we split up groups of records into columns?
There are two different ways; Character Delimitation and Position Dependence. We’ll examine each one
individually.
In a character delimited text file, the individual record has a particular character inserted into it to delimit it
into columns. Here’s an example of a comma delimited text file:
Column1,Column2,Column3,Column4
Column1,Column2,Column3,Column4
In a position dependent text file, the records are split into columns based on the number of character
placeholders (counted from the left). Any information that falls within the number of placeholders belongs
in that column. Here’s an example of a position dependent text file where each column is ten characters
wide:
Column1 Column2 Column3 Column4
Column1 Column2 Column3 Column4
[ 4 Columns = 40 placeholders ]
In a position dependent text file, each column can be a different length or number of characters. Here’s
an example of four columns that have lengths of 3, 5, 7, and 9 characters:
+ info name address
[3][ 5 ][ 7 ][ 9 ]

Let’s Tie It In:

Now that we understand the difference between a character delimited and position dependent text files,
let’s look at the process for setting up the import filters for each type of text file. The first thing that we
need to find out is what kind of text file your individual scheduling software creates. There are two ways to
do this. You can call up the manufacturer of the scheduling software and ask (if you do, and if it’s
character delimited, make sure that you find out the delimiting character as well) or you can simply open
the file in a text editor such as WordPad and use your newfound knowledge to discern the nature of the
file yourself! Once you know, you can move down to the appropriate section of this area and continue
from there…

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 74
____________________________________________________________________________________

Character Delimited:

Figure 4.23

So, you’ve ferreted out the nature of your text file, but after analyzing it with the previous instructions, it
looks like it is bar delimited (the character “|”). Now we can go about setting up the filter appropriately.
When you open the Log Import tab under Tools/Program Options in Simian, it looks like this:
Let’s look at each section of the Log Import tab one at a time:
1. Import Format: These three radio buttons allow you to choose between three completely different
import formats. All of the other import settings change based on which format you choose here.
2. This section allows you to set up the import filter to accept either a Position Dependent or character
Delimited text file. If you choose Delimited, it will also allow you to choose the delimiting character.
3. This is where the rubber meets the road. If we look at the Simian interface, then your text file, it will
become very apparent that our columns are probably not in the same order. Let’s look at an example
of a “real life” scheduler log:
00:03:00|+|1460|FORTUNATE SON|CREEDENCE|AUDIO|00:00
00:06:00|+|1266|TAKE IT EASY|EAGLES|AUDIO|03:25
00:09:00|+|8030|JUST LIKE STARTING OVER|JOHN LENNON|AUDIO|04:50
00:12:00|+|1083|BROWN SUGAR|ROLLING STON|AUDIO|03:44
00:15:00|+|1172|I SHOT THE SHERIFF|ERIC CLAPTON|AUDIO|00:00
00:18:00|+|1318|AINT THAT PECULIAR|MARVIN GAYE|AUDIO|03:57
00:21:00|+|1634|BOOGIE SHOES|K C AND THE|AUDIO| 02:09
00:24:00|+|1213|SUPERSTITION|STEVIE WONDE|AUDIO|04:22

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 75
____________________________________________________________________________________
Now, let’s have a look at this… Sure looks like the Cue information is in the second column. In this case,
we’d put a “2” in the Cue text box. It’s that simple! If there’s information in the text file that Simian doesn’t
ask for, feel free to omit it. If there’s information that Simian asks for, but the text file doesn’t have it, don’t
worry, Simian doesn’t always need all of the information that it asks for. Here are a couple common
examples:
The log doesn’t include information for the Category for all or some of the records. If the information in
the Category field is missing, Simian will automatically assume that the Category is “Audio”. In this
situation, if the Event is not an audio file it will error.
Length is used only for log verification, and is unimportant during actual playback.
Description is optional for all events other than Macros.
Time is only important for sorting and for Timed Events.
4. This ominous looking little area is there to keep you from having to go back and forth between the
main Simian interface and the Log Import tab. You’ll notice that the columns correspond to those in
the main Simian Program Log. The reason for this is that you use this area to open and test a text file
to make sure that the settings in section 3 are correct. Once they line up properly here, you’ll never
need to use this section again. Simply use the Set Test File button to open the text file, and then use
the Test button to test the file as you make changes to section 3. Once you have things the way that
you want them, just click the Save Changes button to save the import format.
5. Section Five contains several optional check box options to automatically perform several tasks at the
end of the import process. They include:
a. Change Cue Marker to “+” (AutoStart) for all events – Puts a “+” in the cue column for
every Event (replacing any other cue that may or may not have been in the original
import file). This is used mostly by music-on-hard drive stations whose scheduler logs
don’t include cue information.
b. Save imported log as a Program Log – Saves the imported file as a program log using
the same name as the original import file.
c. Automatically convert meta-variables in file names – Converts date meta variables
contained in the Filename column to today’s date.
d. Auto-fill scheduled time entries in AutoStart events – Rebuilds scheduled time
entries in the Scheduled column for all AutoStart cued events based on the timed events’
and manual start events’ scheduled times.
e. Resolve all carts to their component events – Removes carts from the program log
and replaces them with their component events (e.g. if a cart is specified in your program
log which contains three AutoStart events, that cart will be replaced by the three events in
the program log).
f. Update Categories, Descriptions, & Durations after importing – Refreshes the
named columns with the current data obtained from your audio database.
6. The Save Changes button simply saves the changes that you’ve made to this particular Import
Format.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 76
____________________________________________________________________________________

Position Dependent
Well, now. You’ve looked at your text file and found that it’s position dependent. In this case, when you
go to Tools/Program Options and select the Log Import tab, you’ll want to select Position Dependent
(in box 2) right away. Once you have, the interface will look like this:

Figure 4.24

Let’s look at each section of the Log Import tab one at a time:
1. Import Format: These three radio buttons allow you to choose between three completely different
import formats. All of the other import settings change based on which format you choose here.
2. This section allows you to set up the import filter to accept either a Position Dependent or character
Delimited text file. If you choose Delimited, it will also allow you to choose the delimiting character.
3. Here’s the heart and soul of this dialog box. If we look at the Simian interface, then at your text file, it
will become very apparent that our columns are probably not in the same order. Let’s look at an
example of a “real life” log:
00:09:00+8030 JUST LIKE STARTING OVERJOHN LENNON AUDIO 04:50
00:12:00+1083 BROWN SUGAR ROLLING STONAUDIO 03:44
00:15:00+1172 I SHOT THE SHERIFF ERIC CLAPTONAUDIO 00:00
00:18:00+1318 AINT THAT PECULIAR MARVIN GAYE AUDIO 03:57
00:21:00+1634 BOOGIE SHOES K C AND THE AUDIO 02:09
00:24:00+1213 SUPERSTITION STEVIE WONDEAUDIO 04:22
00:27:00+1015 SON OF A SON OF A SA JIMMY BUFFETAUDIO 03:17
[ 8 ]1[ 8 ][ 23 ][ 12 ][ 6 ][ 5 ]
[------------------------63 Placeholders----------------------]

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 77
____________________________________________________________________________________
Let’s have a look at this. Using the knowledge that we picked up earlier, it looks like the cue starts on
placeholder 9 and is one character long. Therefore, we enter a 9 and a 1 (respectively) in the boxes after
Cue. It’s really that simple! If there’s information in the text file that Simian doesn’t ask for, feel free to omit
it. If there’s information that Simian asks for, but the text file doesn’t have it, don’t worry, Simian doesn’t
always need all of the information that it asks for. Here are a couple common examples:
The log doesn’t include information for the Category for all or some of the records. If the information in
the Category field is missing, Simian will automatically assume that the Category is “Audio”.
Length is used only for log verification and is unimportant during actual playback.
Description is optional for all events other than Macros.
Time is only important for sorting and for Timed Events.
4. This area is there to keep you from having to go back and forth between the main Simian interface
and the Log Import tab. You’ll notice that the columns correspond to those in the Program Log. The
reason for this is that you use this area to open and test a text file to make sure that the settings in
section 3 are correct. Once they line up properly here, you’ll never need to use this section again.
Simply use the Set Test File button to open the text file, then use the Test button to test the file as
you make changes to section 3. Once you’re done, use the Save Changes button to save your import
format.
5. Section Five contains several optional check box options to automatically perform several tasks at the
end of the import process. They include:
a. Change Cue Marker to “+” (AutoStart) for all events – Puts a “+” in the cue column for
every Event (replacing any other cue that may or may not have been in the original
import file). This is used mostly by music-on-hard drive stations whose scheduler logs
don’t include cue information.
b. Save imported log as a Program Log – Saves the imported file as a program log using
the same name as the original import file.
c. Automatically convert meta-variables in file names – Converts date meta variables
contained in the Filename column to today’s date.
d. Auto-fill scheduled time entries in AutoStart events – Rebuilds scheduled time
entries in the Scheduled column for all AutoStart cued events based on the timed events’
and manual start events’ scheduled times.
e. Resolve all carts to their component events – Removes carts from the program log
and replaces them with their component events (e.g. if a cart is specified in your program
log which contains three AutoStart events, that cart will be replaced by the three events in
the program log).
f. Update Categories, Descriptions, & Durations after importing – Refreshes the
named columns with the current data obtained from your audio database.
6. The Save Changes button simply saves the changes that you’ve made to this particular Import
Format.

Implementation:
So, once you’ve got your filters set up, how do you use them? Just go under the File menu in the main
Simian interface and select Import, then select the format that you want to use (remember area 1?).
Where’d the file go? For Simian to see the files, they need to be put in the folder that you designate under
Tools/Program Options/Paths. You can designate the location for the Log Import folder (the folder
where the “raw” text files go) and the Program Logs folder (the folder where the .bsi logs are created
when you import your log) under the Other Paths drop-down list.
So, why the two folders? When you import your file, Simian reads the “raw” text file from the Log import
folder and uses that information to create the .bsi file in the Program Logs folder.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 78
____________________________________________________________________________________

Using the Audio List

The Audio List holds a list of the files that are currently available in your Audio Database. This database is
created by SoundHound, which is covered completely in its sections of this manual.
At the top of the Audio List, you'll see
information on how many files are
currently in the Audio Database and
how they are sorted or filtered.
Below that, you'll see a list of audio
files and carts. These can be made
into Audio Events by simply dragging
them from the Audio List into the
Program Log. If you right-click on the
Audio List, you'll get options to show
the details of the audio files in the list
and change the default Cue used
when you click on the Add button.
At the bottom of the Audio List
there's a set of buttons. Let's look at
each of these individually: Figure 4.25

Add – This button will add the selected audio file into the Program Log as an Audio Event directly
underneath the selected Event. If you'd like to change the default Cue for items that you add to the
Program Log using the Add button, simply right-click on the Audio List and select Default Event Cue, then
AutoStep or Manual.
Filter – Opens the Filter audio list dialog box, which will let you filter the items in the Audio List down to a
subset so that you can easily find what you're looking for. Want to single out all of your audio files with an
Artist/Advertiser tag of "Aerosmith"? Here's the place to do it.
Sort By – Allows you to quickly sort your Audio List by most of the major Audio Tags. Want to put the
Audio List in order by Year? Here's the feature you're looking for.
Folders – Allows you to select any single folder that SoundHound is currently indexing. Want to only look
at items in your "spots" folder? Simply select it from the list.
Z-A – Sorts your Audio List alphabetically according to file name, ascending or descending. In other
words, from A-Z or from Z-A.

Find – Helps you quickly find an

audio file in the Audio List. When you
click on the Find button, the Audio
List will change to look like what you
see at the right. You can use the
buttons at the top to automatically
find files alphabetically or type in a
search string. The 0-9 button will
change the letters to numbers. Click
the Find button at the bottom a
second time to return to the normal
Audio List interface.
Audition – This button will look like
a play or stop button depending on
whether or not you are using it. It
plays the selected file in the Audio
List through your Audition Device. Figure 4.26

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 79
____________________________________________________________________________________

Using Event Logs

If you selected the Event logging on at startup
option on the General tab of the Simian
Program Options window, Simian keeps a
record of all the events that happened that day
in a file.
The file will be named that day’s date and will
be created in the program log folder for your
review at a later time. The file names are six
characters long followed by the "lst" or “mdb”
extension (You can choose ASCII or MS
Access database format on the General tab as
well). For example: the events on Saturday,
September 16, 2001 would be kept in a file
Figure 4.27
called 010916.lst or 010916.mdb in the
program log folder. You also have an option to
add the station ID and session number to the
file name under Tools/Program Options on the
General tab. This helps avoid overwriting files
in multi-station installations.
To open an Event Log, just select Log/View
Event Logs from the menu bar, then select
your Event Log and click Open. You can print
an Event Log by selecting File/Print from the
Event Log dialog box.
Event Logs are often used for creating As Run
Figure 4.28
lists for reconciliation.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 80
____________________________________________________________________________________

Using the Affidavit Report Generator

Figure 4.29

The Affidavit Report Generator allows you to output a delimited text report based on the Event Logs that
have been created above (see above for information on Event Logs). You can choose a range of multiple
event logs and the Affidavit Report Generator will open each Event Log, extrapolate the data, and add it
to the report. You can customize which fields will be included with the report, and the output format. The
reports that are generated can be imported into spreadsheet programs, such as Microsoft Excel, or Open
Office Calc.
To access the Affidavit Report Generator, open the Log menu in Simian’s main user interface and
choose View Event Logs. In the View Event Logs window (as shown in figure 4.27), click on the
Affidavit Generator button and you will be presented with the window shown above.
You must select your delimiting character for your report. The most common being either the TAB, or
comma. To set the TAB character as your delimiting character, simply type the word “Tab” into the
Delimiting Character field. To use a comma, simply type a single comma into the field. If you want each
field to be enclosed within quotes, place a check box into the Enclose Fields in Quotes check box.
These settings are usually determined by the application you will be importing the report into, so you may
need to check which import options are available in your destination application to determine which
settings you will need to set here.
The default.arp report template is shown above, but you can customize the template by selecting the
fields you want included with your template. To add a field to your template, highlight your desired field in
the Available Fields list, then click on the Add Field button. The field will be added to the Fields to
Include in Report list. The column order of your report is determined by the sort order of the Fields to
Include in Report list, so if you wish to change the sort order, remove fields by highlighting them in the

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 81
____________________________________________________________________________________
Fields to Include in Report list and clicking on the Remove Fields button, or click on the Remove
Fields button to remove all the selected fields from the list and re-add the fields in your desired order.
You can have the report include the field names as the first line in the report template by enabling the
Add Column Title Line to Output option.
By default, Voicetracks and Carts are not included in the analysis of the Affidavit Report. You can include
either of these file types by enabling the Include Voicetracks or Include Carts options.
If you only want your report to include audio files of specific categories, you can enable the Only Include
the Following Categories option. The audio file categories you have created within Simian are
displayed in this list. Place a check mark next to each category you want to include in your report and
remove the checks next to the categories you don’t want.
You can save the template you’ve created with a new name by typing a file name into the text field below
the Save Template As… button, then clicking on that button. You can also save your template settings
over top of a previously saved template by highlighting a template name in the list to the left and clicking
on the Save Template As… button. If you want to load a previously saved template, you can highlight
the template name in the list at the left and click on the Load Template… button. You can also delete
previously created template files by highlighting the desired template name and clicking on the Delete
Template… button.
Once you have satisfactorily set up your report template, you are ready to generate a report. First, you
need to set an output filename and path by clicking on the … button to the right of the Affidavit Report
Save Path field at the top of the window. You will be presented with a save dialog box where you can
select your desired folder and give your output file a file name. Next, you will need to select at least one
Event Log from the Select Event Logs To Include In Report list. You can click and drag on the list, or
Ctrl+Click or Shift+Click to manually select multiple event logs. Once you are ready to run your report,
click on the Generate Report button. The event log analysis and report generating process can be a
pretty hefty one depending on how many event logs you’ve included in your report, so this process can
potentially take a while. The progress bar at the bottom of the window displays the progress and will
display what step of the process it is in. Should you desire to cancel the process while it is running, click
on the Cancel Report button and the analysis and generation process will be canceled.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 82
____________________________________________________________________________________

Using the Event Builder

The Event Builder is the main tool used in
manual Program Log production work in
Simian. It is your best tool for manually
building Events, editing Program Logs and all
other list items such as carts, HotKey Sets and
Trigger Sets. It can also provide access to the
Info Editor where you can view, add and edit
the label information for carts and WAV files.

You can open the Event Builder in one of three

ways:
• Select Tools/Event Builder.
• Press Ctrl+B.

Click the Event Builder button at the bottom of

the Program Log. Events in the Program Log
can be edited or created using the Event
Builder. On opening the Event Builder, you will
see the Audio tab, which shows you a list of
files available in your Audio Database. To add
an Audio Event, just click on an item in the list,
Figure 4.30 set the Event Variables and drag from the Drag
From Here spot into the Program Log. You'll notice that on different tabs you'll have the ability to change
different Event Variables. One example is on the Macro tab, where you can edit the text string that will go
into the Description Event Variable. Which Event Variables are available for editing depends on the type
of Event that you are building.
The bottom section of all of the tabs on the Event Builder are the same. It includes the following Event
Variables:

Cue
The Cue variable corresponds directly the Cue column in the Program Log. It holds information on how
an Event starts. For Instance, the “+” or “AutoStart” cue causes the item to play automatically as soon as
Simian sequences down to it. Individual cues have many different uses. Let's take a look at each one
individually:
Manual Start (no symbol) -- When the Program Log sequences down to a manual Event, it will load that
Event into the next available deck and then stop.
AutoStart (+) -- When the Program Log sequences down to an AutoStart Event, the Event will load into
the next available deck and start automatically.
Time Immediate (@) -- A Time Immediate Event will not wait for Simian to sequence down to it. If the
Scheduled Time for a Time Immediate Event comes about before the Program Log reaches it, Simian will
stop whatever it is doing and immediately jump down and start the Time Immediate Event.
If Simian sequences down to a Time Immediate Event before its Scheduled Time, then Simian’s behavior
is dependent upon an option on the General tab of the Simian Program Options window. That option is
called "AutoStep through time events".
If AutoStep through timed events is on, and Simian sequences down to a Time Immediate Event prior to
its Scheduled Time, Simian will step through the Time Immediate Event as if it had an AutoStart cue .

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 83
____________________________________________________________________________________
If AutoStep through timed events is off and Simian sequences down to a Time Immediate Event prior to
its Scheduled Time, Simian will load the Time Immediate Event, but then wait to start the Event until the
scheduled time occurs.
When you choose to make an event a Timed Event by assigning the Time Immediate, Time Next or Non
Sequential cue, you must configure the Scheduled Time Event Variable in the Event Builder.
Time Next (#) -- A Time Next Event will not wait for Simian to sequence down to it. If the Scheduled Time
for a Time Next Event comes about before the Program Log reaches it, Simian will finish the currently
playing event, then jump down and start the Time Next Event.
If Simian sequences down to a Time Next event before its Scheduled Time, then Simian’s behavior is
dependent upon an option on the General tab of the Simian Program Options window. That option is
called "AutoStep through time events".
If AutoStep through timed events is on and Simian sequences down to a Time Next Event prior to its
Scheduled Time, then Simian will step through the Time Next Event as if it had an AutoStart cue.
If AutoStep through timed Events is off, and Simian sequences down to a Time Next Event prior to its
Scheduled Time, Simian will load the Time Next Event, but then wait to start the Event until the scheduled
time occurs.
When you choose to make an event a Timed Event by assigning the Time Immediate, Time Next or Non
Sequential cue, you must configure the Scheduled Time Event Variable in the Event Builder.
Back Fill (!) – The Back Fill cue will cause Simian to change the pitch of the Events leading up to it in
order to make sure that the Back Fill Event plays at its scheduled time. Check out Chapter 4 for more
information on Back Time.
Non-Sequential (N) -- Non-Sequential Events are usually non-audio Events you want to initiate at a
certain time, but aren’t related to the current Program Log. They are typically added after the last Event
in the log. For example, a File Backup Event or a Satellite feed that you want to record and play later
might be used as a non-sequential timed Event. Non-Sequential Timed Events will occur at the time set
by the Scheduled Time Event Variable. Non-Sequential Events play in the Asynchronous Deck.
Non-sequential Events are for the most part obsolete due to the fact that Simian has gained
a new function called Scheduled Events (Under the Async menu). Non-sequential events
have been retained to protect backward compatibility. They may be removed from future
versions of Simian, so it is a good idea not to use this cue type in new logs.

Category
The Category drop-down list allows you to assign a category to your Event. Categories are fully explained
in Chapter 3.

Scheduled Time
Scheduled Time is normally used to assign a time for a Time Event to play. You can, however, assign a
Scheduled Time to any Event.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 84
____________________________________________________________________________________

The Audio Tab

The Audio tab of the Event Builder is basically a way for
you to sort, filter, and select audio files and carts so that
you can create Audio Events and move them into the
Program Log, a cart, or any other list that you’d like. This is
also the best place to create carts.

Audio Tab Toolbar

Figure 4.32

Figure 4.31

Let’s look at each button on the Audio Tab Toolbar, one at a time:
New Cart – creates a new cart that you can then configure. Carts are a kind of "mini log" that you can run
inside of the main Program Log. They are designed to emulate the old-fashioned tape carts used in Radio
for years. With their ability to add macros, they become a very powerful tool. Check out the section on
Carts in chapter 4.
Delete Selected Items – Permanently deletes any items that you have selected in your Audio List from
the hard drive.
Search – Allows you to search the items in the Audio List for a particular phrase.
Filter – This button opens the Filter audio list dialog box. Here you can look at a subset of the Audio List
by filtering out items based on many different criteria.
Remove Filter – After you’ve filtered and want to see all of the Audio List again, press this button.
Sort A to Z – This will put the Audio List in alphabetical order from A to Z.
Sort Z to A – This will put the Audio List in reverse alphabetical order from Z to A.

You can filter and then sort, or sort and then filter.

Print Audio List – Will print the current Audio List to any printing device that is properly installed in
Windows. Printed lists will reflect sorting and filtering.
Audition – Press this button to play any selected file. The file will play through the audio device that is
assigned to the Audition/Preview deck on the Playback tab of the Simian Options window. When an
audition is playing, the button will change to a stop button.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 85
____________________________________________________________________________________

The Audio List

The Audio List displays a list of audio files. Its contents will vary depending on how you sort and filter the
list. You can double click on a cart or WAV file to open it up in the Info Editor window. You can have
multiple carts and WAV file view windows open at one time. If you right-click on a file in the Audio List,
you can choose several options from the menu that appears, including:

Edit info - opens Info Editor so you can change the audio label
Edit audio - launches your audio editor
Delete file – Deletes the file from your hard drive
Sort By - lists files in ascending or descending order, by file name,
title/description, category, start or end date, length, artist/advertiser, year,
album or genre
Folders - Show all paths or just one specific folder
Refresh – Refreshes the selected folder or set of folders.
Print current list – Prints the current audio list to any available printing
Figure 4.33 device

Show Details – displays full WAV file label in file window

Change list font – Allows you to change the font in the Audio List

The Record Tab

The Record Tab is designed to help you create
Record Events. This gives you the freedom to
schedule your recordings, start your recordings
based on triggers, or start and stop them using any
of the other features of Simian.
On the top-left, you'll see a list of the items that are
stored under the folder that you have designated as
Record Deck #1 default record in the Other Paths
drop-down list on the Paths tab under
Tools/Program Options.
You can delete files from the list (and permanently
from the hard drive) by selecting them and using the
button with the black x.
To the right, you'll see text boxes where you can
manually fill a File Name and Description for the
audio file that your Record Event will create.
The Record File Length drop-down list will allow
you to select a length for your Record Event.
Figure 4.34

Here are some considerations when dealing with Record Events:

Remember that in order to play back files later; you’ll want to make sure that that deck is recording into a
folder which is indexed by SoundHound, and therefore available to Simian. You can set the destination
folders for your record decks under Tools/Program Options/Paths.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 86
____________________________________________________________________________________
Remember that you are choosing one of the two record decks to handle your record Event. Make sure
that the record deck that you choose is set up correctly on the Paths tab in the Simian Program Options
window.
You’ll need to manually set the record input volume level on your audio card. If the record volume is set
to zero, Simian will record only silence. You’ll want to open your audio card’s mixer to set the record
input level. If you need help, give your audio card manufacturer a call.
Remember to set the Record Length by selecting one of the preset times in the “Record File Length” pull
down list or type in a length in the 00:00 format (minutes: seconds).
Make sure that you set the Cue. The default Cue is Manual. You can also select Auto Start or one of the
time modes, which will require you to enter a specific time.

The App Tab

The Applications (App) tab allows you to start any
executable file available to your computer as an
Application Event. What this means is that if you
wanted to, you could launch Microsoft Word as an
Event in Simian. This function is really powerful
because you can use it to run all different kinds of
applications and batch files by setting them up as
Events in Simian.
Simply select the executable file from the list, set the
other Event Variables, and drag your new
Application Event into your Program Log.

Figure 4.35

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 87
____________________________________________________________________________________

The Log Tab

Log Events allow you to load another Program Log
as an Event. This means that at any point in your
Program Log, you can have Simian start another
Program Log automatically. We call this “Chaining”
logs. Just select the Program Log that you want, set
up the Event’s variables, and drag it into the
currently loaded Event Log. Remember that for
Program Logs to show up in the list on the Log tab,
the Program Log files must be in the folder that you
designate for Program Logs on the Paths tab of the
Simian Program Options window. There’s also a big
black X button that allows you to delete any selected
logs from the list, which deletes them permanently
from the hard drive.
You may also want to check out the CHAIN macro. It
can help you better integrate your scheduling
software with Simian’s Program Log chaining
functionality. See the Available Macros section of
chapter 6 for more information.
Figure 4.36

The Macro Tab

Simian has a number of macros available that allow
you to automate all sorts of things such as control of
peripherals via the serial port, fade decks, start &
stop decks, etc. You’ll want to check out all of the
different macros, and their descriptions, which are
available a little later in this very chapter. For now,
just know that if you want to manually insert Macro
Events in your log, you’ll do it from the Macro tab in
the Event Builder. Simply set up the Event
Variables, including the text string, and then drag
your Macro Event into your Program Log just like
any other Event.
Unfortunately for you computer geeks out there, you
cannot create macros in Simian using VBA or the
like. You can however, create any application that
you want and run it as an APP Event (see The App
Tab section on the previous page). You'll find a
visual reference for all of the available macros in the
Appendix.
Figure 4.37

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 88
____________________________________________________________________________________

Text/Tag Tab
Text Events are useful because you can put text in
front of your DJ any time you want. Just create a text
file using Notepad or the like, then put it in the folder
that you designate for text files on the Paths tab of
the Simian Program Options window. Once your text
files are in that folder, they’ll show up in the list on the
Text/Tag tab of the Event Builder. All you need to do
at that point is select the file, add a Description if
you'd like, set up your other Event Variables and drag
in your Text Event.

Figure 4.38

Video Tab
You can set a video as an Event and it will show on
the screen on the on-air computer. Just put the video
file in the folder that you designate for video files on
the Paths tab of the Simian Options window. Once
the video is in that folder, it will show up in the list on
the Video tab of the Event Builder. Once that's done,
all that you have to do is select it, set your Event
Variables, and drag your new Video Event into your
Program Log.

Figure 4.39

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 89
____________________________________________________________________________________

Script Tab
If you’re using Simian for Internet broadcasting using
the Microsoft Media Services encoder, then this
tab’s for you. First, go to the Internet tab of the
Simian Program Options window, enable MSMS
functionality, and designate your .WME file. Once
that is done, you can send any one of the scripts
available on the Script tab to the encoder. Just
select your script, set your Event Variables, and
drag in your Script Event.

Figure 4.40

Comment Tab
If you want to put an Event in your Program Log that
does absolutely nothing more than exist as an Event
in the Program log, then the Comment Event is the
Event that you’re looking for.
You can assign any cue to a comment Event and it
will do nothing when it is started. This is a good way
to put "information only" lines in your Program Log.
Comment Events are also a good way to keep
yourself time-aligned. Just set a Comment Event as
a Timed Event (Time Immediate or Time Next) and
Simian will jump to that Comment Event (which does
nothing) at the scheduled time.
You can also keep your comments in the drop-down
list for later use by clicking the Memorize comment
button. The Delete from memory button allows you
to clear entries from the dropdown list.

Figure 4.41

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 90
____________________________________________________________________________________

Using the Info Editor

The BSI Info Editor is actually a separate application that is installed with Simian. This allows you to
launch the Info Editor from within BSI applications and from within Windows right-click menu:
• Right-click any file in any List Item in most BSI products, then select Edit Info.
• Right-click any audio file in any folder in Windows, then select Edit Info.
The Info Editor allows you to add internal tagging information to your audio files. This allows you to keep
all of the information about an audio file directly within the file. That's right, the information that you enter
here is embedded in the header of the actual audio file. Just about anywhere you port the file, you'll be
able to use the information that you add to the file.
The Info Editor has five tabs to allow you to enter a multitude of data. Let's look at them individually:

The Description/Tones Tab

Title/Description – Here you can enter the name of your audio
file.
Artist/Advertiser – Here you can enter the name for the creator of
the file.
Location – Shows you where the file is stored on your hard drive.
Category – You can assign a category to a file so that it will
always display the correct category in the Audio List and Event
Builder.
Format – allows you to view the file attributes of your file.
No fade at segue – This option will assure that the file will never
fade out at the end no matter what settings are configured in
Simian. Great for spots.
Play/Stop/Pause – These buttons allow you to preview your file
right inside of the Info Editor. This makes setting Tones much
easier.
Tones/Hook – When you set Tones, you can set both regular Intro
and Secondary Tones. You can also set Hook Tones for use with
Simian's Hook Cart functionality.
Figure 4.42 From Start – Allows you to see how far the slider is from the
beginning of the file during playback.
Length – Shows you the length of the file.
From End – Allows you to see how far the slider is from the end of the file during playback.
Slider – the Slider control allows you to scrub through the song during playback. Secondly, you can see
the Tones or Hook within the Slider. Just look for white space on both ends of the blue bar under the
Slider. The white at the beginning is your Intro and the white at the end is your Segue.
Intro – Visible when Tones is selected – This button allows you to set the Intro Tone for the audio file,
while the time window allows you to see exactly where the tone is set.
Segue – Visible when Tones is selected – This button allows you to set the Secondary Tone for the
audio file, while the time window allows you to see exactly where the Secondary Tone is set.
Hook Start – Visible when Hook is selected – Here you can set the start for the "hook" for the audio file.
Hook End – Visible when Tones is selected – Here you can set the end for the audio file's "hook".

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 91
____________________________________________________________________________________

The Times/Album Tab

Start Date/End Date – If you designate a start and end date for
your files, Simian can use its AutoReplace feature to replace
them if they are out of date.
Album – Type in the album name here.
Year – Holds the year info for the file.
Genre – Holds the genre info for the file.
Track# – Holds the track info for the file.

Figure 4.43

The Authoring Tab

Producer – Holds the producer info for the file.
Talent – Holds the talent info for the file.
Composer – Holds the composer info for the file.
Publisher – Holds the publisher info for the file.
Copyright – Holds the copyright info for the file.
Comments – Holds any comment information that you would
like to include in the file.

Figure 4.44

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 92
____________________________________________________________________________________

The Commercial Tab

OutCue – Holds the OutCue info for the file.
Agency – Holds the agency info for the file.
Account Executive/Sales Person – Holds account exec and
sales person info.
Copy – Holds information that you'd like to add to the file. This tag
can be displayed in a text box within Simian any time the file is
played. Just select Tools/Program Options/General and put a
check in the Display Copy Field option.
URL – You can associate a URL with each file and then send that
URL to the Dynamic HTML Page, or the MS Encoder.

Figure 4.45

The Music Tab

Key – Holds the key in which the cut was performed.
End – Holds information on how the cut ends.
Energy – Another common descriptor for audio cuts.
Texture – Helps you sort your cuts by audience.
Tempo – Holds the tempo in which the cut was performed.
Beats Per Minute – Holds the BPM info for the file.

Figure 4.46

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 93
____________________________________________________________________________________

The About Tab

The About tab gives you the version of the Info Editor that you're
using, as well as a link to our website and some information on the
versions of supporting .dll files.
The really important thing on this tab is the Output device for
audition. This device allows you to select which audio device
you'd like to use for playback while you're tagging files.
If you’d like you can force your computer to use the Windows
CODEC instead of any on-soundcard CODECs that you may
have. Just click Force use of ACM CODEC.
You'll also find a link to our website here.

Figure 4.47

Using Carts
Carts are kind of like mini-Program Logs. They're a list of Events that are sequenced through based on
their Cue. The difference here is that Simian will not stop when it sequences to a Manual Event in a Cart.
Instead, it will move on to the next item in the Program Log. The other big difference between Carts and
Program Logs is that Carts mark Events when they've been played. This means that if you put three
Manual Events in a Cart, the Cart will play a different one, in order, every time that the Cart is played in
the Program Log. If you use AutoStart Events in a Cart, they will sequence within the Cart. Therefore, you
can create alternating groups of Manual and AutoStart Events to play a different group of Events every
time the Cart rolls around in the Program Log.

This Cart will play Welcome the first time the Cart is
played, J0001 the second time the Cart is played,
S0002 the third time, and so on.

Figure 4.48

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 94
____________________________________________________________________________________

This Cart will play all of the Events every time it is

played.

Figure 4.49

This Cart will play two Events each time it is played.

Figure 4.50

You can also randomize Carts. If you randomize a Cart, Simian will randomly pick an Event from the Cart,
play it, and then mark it as "played". Simian will repeat this process each time the Cart is played until all of
the Events within the Cart have been played. Simian will then clear all of the "played" flags in the Cart and
start over the next time the Cart Event is played. It is important to remember that there is a chance that
the last Event to be played in a cart could be picked randomly to be the first Event played after the
"played" flags have been cleared, and therefore play twice in two consecutive instances of the Cart Event.
The best way to avoid this is to put many Events in your Cart and/or put Cart Events within Cart Events.
That's right you can "nest" Carts. Let's say that you have a set of clients… A burger joint, a car
dealership, and a hotel. Each of the clients has three spots that they want to play, in rotation, during the
top of the hour break. In this situation you could create three Carts with the spots for each client in each
Cart, then add all three of those Carts to another Cart. Now you only need to add the one "top of the hour
clients" Cart to your Program Log. You could also use Cueing and Randomization in any of those Carts to
ensure that you end up with just the kind of spot rotation that you want.
You can put almost any kind of Event in a Cart. Macros and Audio Events can often be mixed together in
a Cart to create a special tool. Check out the Carts As Tools section a little later in this chapter for more
info.

Creating and Editing Carts

To build a new cart:
1. Click Tools/Event Builder.
2. Click the New Cart icon . This will open the Cart Viewer window.
3. In the Event Builder, select your event, set up your Event Variables and drag and drop your Event
from the Drag From Here spot into the Cart Viewer window.
4. Set up the Cue information for your Events. Make sure that the first Event in a Cart is never Cued
with the AutoStep Cue. This could cause an endless loop.
5. Click File/Save As and give the cart a name.
6. Close the cart.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 95
____________________________________________________________________________________

Editing Audio Events in Carts

If you want to edit the Tagging Info for an audio file from within a Cart, simply right-click the Event in the
Cart and select Event Builder. The Event Builder will pop up with the Audio Event file already highlighted.
You can then double-click it to edit it right there.

Cart Properties
You can open the Cart Properties dialog box by Selecting File/Properties in the Cart Viewer window. Here
you can add Title/Description, Artist/Advertiser, OutCue, Producer, Comment, Agency, Account/Sales,
and Talent information as well as set a Category, average length, and start/end dates. You can also
select the Randomize option here. Average Length and Start/End dates are used with the AutoReplace
feature so that you can replace an out of date Cart with another item of a similar length.

Carts as Tools
Carts can have a large number of audio Events inside.
The Events can be auto-sequenced (given the
AutoStart cue, which means they are played
automatically). You can have multiple sets of auto-
sequenced Events in a single cart. This is useful if you
have a situation where you need to group a single
Event with many other events. For example, if you
have a news feature that you play several times a day,
and it has several sponsors, you can have the news
feature Event in the cart multiple times, each time
sandwiched between different sponsors’ commercial
Events. A cart with that setup might look like the figure Figure 4.51
above-right.

As you can see, the 90 second Paul Harvey Event is listed three times, with different commercial Events
following each time. The plus signs next to the commercial Events mean the same thing as they do on
the main Simian program log. That Event will be played automatically after the previous Event.
Therefore, each time the Paul Harvey Event plays, it will be followed by a different commercial Event.
The first time the cart is played, you will hear the 90updat.wav and the renegade.wav. The second time
the cart is played, you will hear the 90updat.wav and the wct001.wav. The third time, you will hear the
90updat.wav and the rotation.wav. The fourth time, it will return to the top and play the first pair of files.
If you want a particular cut to be the "next" one played when the cart is called up in Simian, check the
"Make Next" selection in the Edit menu of the Cart Viewer window or double click on the Event, which will
then turn gray.

SmartCarts
Smart Carts allow you to exercise some very limited scheduling control without the use of scheduling
software. That said, it's important for us to state that Smart Carts are not designed replace your
scheduling software. This feature simply allows you to control the days and times when Events within
Carts will be allowed to play. This is done by using Simian's AutoReplace feature together with the
Start/End date tags which are embedded in audio files by the BSI Info Editor. All of that said, let's take a
look at how Smart Carts work.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 96
____________________________________________________________________________________
PLEASE NOTE THAT SMART CARTS DO NOT SUPPORT THE USE OF THE AUTOSTART CUE
MARKER AS THIS COULD CAUSE A CART WITH NO VALID OPTIONAL AUDIO EVENT TO LOOP
CONTINOUSLY.

Turning On Smart Carts

For Smart Carts to work the first thing that you need to do is turn on Simian's AutoReplacement feature.
Just follow these steps:
1. Go to the General tab under Tools | Program Options and put an "x" in the box next to Engage
AutoReplacement.
2. Click the Settings button next to the words "Engage AutoReplacement"
3. Put an "x" in the box next to "Replace Out-Of-Date Items”
4. Click Done in the AutoReplacement dialog box and in the Program Options window
5. If you add Events to the fields in the Auto Replacement dialog box, those Events will be used to
replace Smart Carts that have no valid Events.

Using Smart Carts

To limit the airplay of an Audio Event, simply open that Audio Event in the BSI Info Editor (right-click and
select Edit Info), switch to the Times/Album tab and fill out the start and end dates and/or times (or the
Time Window). There are four ways to fill out these fields:

1. Filling out only the Start & End dates will only allow the Audio Event to play on the days in the
range specified. Do this to have the Audio Event play only on the 13th-17th of the month.
2. Filling out only the Time Window fields will allow an Audio Event to play between the two times
regardless of the date. Do this if you want the Audio Event to play only between 17:00 and 03:00
with no date limit.
3. Filling out the Start & End dates and the Start & End times will allow the Audio Event to play only
from a certain time on a certain date to another time on a different date. Do this when you want
th th
the Audio Event to play between 17:00 on the 13 and 08:00 on the 17 .
4. Filling out the Start & End dates and the Time Window will allow the Audio Event to play between
the Time Window times only on the dates between the Start & End dates. Do this if you want the
th th
Audio Event to play between 9:00 am and 5:00 pm from the 12 to the 18 .

If you'd like more information on Smart Carts, check out our Support Website. Just go to
support.bsiusa.com and visit or Knowledge Base.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 97
____________________________________________________________________________________

Using Macros
Macro Events are among the most powerful features of Simian. With Macros, you can control many
advanced functions such as—among others—adjusting the auxiliary and primary volume settings of your
system, creating programmed fades, commanding a record deck, FTP’ing files, and setting your system
time.
Simian Macros are more like meta commands than what other products call Macros (such as in Microsoft
products). The Simian Macro functionality cannot be used to record keystrokes or be assigned to scripts.
Macros can be fired from the Program Log, a Cart, a Trigger command, Scheduled Events or a HotKey.
To use a Macro:
Think about what you want to do and then identify the macro that fits your need. You can view all
available macros in Chapter 6 of this manual or on the Macro tab of the Event Builder. Most macros have
required parameters that must also be entered following the command name.
Locate the place in your Program Log, Trigger Set, Cart, or other Set where you would like to insert the
Macro.
Open the Event Builder window, select the Macro tab and choose the Macro you want from the pull down
option list.
Enter the appropriate parameters according to the example given in the text below the command.
To move the Macro Event into place, simply set the Event Variables and drag your completed Macro
Event into your Program Log (or other List Item) from the "Drag from here" spot.

The structure of some Macro commands can be quite complex. Take your time creating
them and double-check your work. If you use the same Macro over and over, it may be a
good idea to store it in the Memorized Events List. This will allow you to copy or drag and
drop it into the Program Log without having to retype it every time.

Definitions & Parameters

Macro names are shown in all caps. Some Macros are simply one-word commands, such as
SPACEBAR, which simulates pressing the spacebar. Others need further instructions from you to run
properly. These instructions are called parameters and are described in the examples after each macro.
Some parameters are required and some are optional. The format and order of the parameters is very
important and should be entered after the macro name and separated by commas without spaces.
Required parameters are enclosed in angle brackets < >. Optional parameters are enclosed in curly
brackets { }. Some parameters have only a few possible values. These choices, such as "1", "2", "3" or
"ALL" for possible Deck Numbers are shown in parentheses and are separated by a forward slash /.

For a full list of Simian’s macros and their usage with syntax, refer to the
Macros section of the Appendix.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 98
____________________________________________________________________________________

Using HotKeys
HotKeys are the 16 buttons located on the HotKey Panel at the bottom of the main Simian window. You
can view HotKeys by clicking the HotKeys button at the bottom-right corner of the main window.

Figure 4.52

Simply put, you click a HotKey, or push its corresponding F-key and the Event that is loaded in that
Hotkey plays through your async deck (the F-keys work even when the HotKeys panel is not visible). You
can add Events to HotKeys by dragging them from the Event Builder or Audio List directly onto the
HotKey where you want them. Once you’ve added your Events to your HotKeys, you’ll probably want to
save the set so that you can use it later. This is done from the right-click menu. Just right-click on a
HotKey to clear that key, save the set, open the HotKey set editor, or change the current HotKey set. You
can also scroll through the available HotKey sets by using the two buttons at the bottom-left hand corner
of your screen. Finally, you can view the HotKeys panel and/or open the HotKey editor from the Async
menu. The HotKey editor can be used to add or edit HotKey sets just like any other Simian list item. You
can also set the current and startup HotKey set from the HotKey editor.

Using Mixers
Control between one and four faders – in the Mixer Setup dialog box, you can
assign up to four individual faders to the same Simian mixer. Check out Chapter 3 for information on how
to set up your Mixers.

Controlling the mixers – You can control the individual mixers manually by sliding the
sliders in the Record Decks/Mixers panel, or you can use the MIXFADE or MIXVOLUME macros to
automate the process.
When you view the mixers, Simian constantly has to watch to see if the levels move and then
update the positions of the sliders. This eats up more than its fair share of system resources,
so we usually recommend that you leave this panel hidden unless you’re actually using the
controls.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 99
____________________________________________________________________________________

Recording
Make sure that you have read and understand the Audio File Formats section of Chapter 2
before beginning recording projects for on-air use.

Using Record Decks

The recording function in Simian is designed for use with long-form files, such as network programs.
Simian will record these programs in the background while you are using other functions including audio
playback. However, if your system is not equipped with a multi-sample-rate pro audio card (such as the
AudioScience 6000 series audio cards), only one play/record sample rate can be used at a time. This
means all your playback audio must be at the same sample rate (also keep in mind that a stereo file is
twice the sample rate of a mono file) and format, or the recording must not be completed before can play
back files.
Most commercial production and song recording is done with a separate audio editing application such as
Adobe Audition or Syntrillium’s Cool Edit applications. The recording function (via the Record Decks)
within Simian is designed for recording only and not for production.
If you are using Simian to record a long-form program, follow these steps:
Make sure the record decks are visible by clicking the Record button at the bottom-left of the main Simian
Window.
Make sure your audio system devices are properly set in the Tools/Program Options/Record tab.
Check the record path. You can configure Simian’s record decks to automatically record to any folder that
you want by modifying the record deck paths on the Paths tab in the Simian Program Options window.
Make sure that you are creating the file in a location where you can find it later.

If the default record path is not set to one of the folders indexed by SoundHound, Simian will
be unable to locate the files when it needs to play them back.

Set the record input volume on your audio card. If the record volume is not set properly, Simian will
record only silence. This is not a Simian function; it is a function of your audio card and its mixer. Consult
your audio card's manual for instructions on how to set up the record input volume for your audio card.
Click the Record As (Save) button on the deck you want to use.
Enter a file name and click Save.
Click Record to begin.
Click Stop when you are finished.
Click Play to preview your recording.
You can abandon recording by clicking the Stop button (blue square) or by pressing the Esc (Escape)
key.
The Record Tab in the Simian Options window also lets you choose the default audio file-sampling rate,
number of channels (stereo or mono), and sample size. Always use your standard file format and sample
rate when recording. Don't have a standard file format? Check out the Choosing Audio File Formats
section of Chapter 2.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 100
____________________________________________________________________________________

Recording (Automated)
Recording can be done manually via the Record Decks (as described in a previous section) or
automatically via a Record Event or the RECORD Macro. In either case, you’ll want to schedule your
recordings by using Simian’s Scheduled Events feature. This will keep your recordings from interfering
with your Program Log.
Make sure that your record decks are configured properly. Verify settings on the Record tab of the Simian
Hardware Options window and verify that the record decks are configured to record into the proper folder.
This can be done on the Paths tab of the Simian Program Options window. You must select a folder
which is indexed by SoundHound if you want to play back files in Simian.
• Verify that the mixer for your sound card is properly configured. If the line-in volume is set to 0 in
your sound card’s mixer, Simian will end up recording silence.
• Open the Event Builder and configure a Record Event or the RECORD Macro Event.
• Select Show Scheduled Events from the Async menu in the main Simian window.
• Set the Event Variables and/or Macro parameters in the Event Builder and drag your Record
Event or RECORD Macro Event into the Scheduled Events Window.
• Set the Event Schedule and the Event Time in the Scheduled Events window, then make sure
that the correct Event Schedule is loaded at the time that you want the recording to happen.

Time-Shift Recording
One of Simian’s most powerful features is time-shift recording. This means that a file can actually be
played while it is still being recorded.
Time-shift recording allows you to start recording a network program via satellite, for example, and begin
playing it back on schedule even if the file is still open and recording at the “other end”. Previously, you
would have had to wait for the entire recording process to finish, close the file, and then reopen it and
play it back. This would often disrupt schedules unnecessarily. Time-shift recording gives you the
freedom to schedule your clock as you’d like. This is just another way for Simian to make your life easier.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 101
____________________________________________________________________________________

Using the Voice Track Editor

To open the VoiceTrack Panel, click the VoiceTrack button at the lower-right corner of the main Simian
window.

Figure 4.53

Let's look at each piece of the Voice Track Editor individually:

Tracks

Figure 4.54

At the top of the Voice Track Editor, you'll see three "Tracks". These three tracks are designated as Cut1,
VoiceTrack, and Cut2. Cut1 and Cut2 can only play back files. The VoiceTrack track can record and play
back audio files.
The intent behind the VoiceTrack Editor is for you to put two consecutive audio events from the Program
Log in the Cut1 and Cut2 Tracks, then record your voice on the VoiceTrack Track. Once your voice is
recorded, you can slide the three tracks over and under each other (if you have appropriate audio
hardware) and line up the cross-over points of the audio files just as you'd like. You can then paste that
recording of your voice into the Program Log and it will always line up correctly with the other two tracks
without modifying the other two tracks in any way. This is done by adding special tones to the VoiceTrack
file which is recorded in the VoiceTrack Track.
Below the three tracks you’ll see a time line (the two segment line shown in blue in Figure 4.54). The
dark blue portion of the line is the current playback position. While playing or recording, the dark blue
portion of the time-line will progress from left to right, showing you what position playback is currently in
for each audio file.
Directly to the right, you'll see a set of VU meters. Here you can see the level of your recording.

Tool Bar

Figure 4.55

Below the three tracks and timeline are the Voice Track Editor’s transport controls. The Load button
allows you to quickly load Audio Events from the Program Log. Just select an Audio Event in the Program
Log and click the Load button. Simian will automatically load that Audio Event and the one that follows it
into the Cut1 and Cut2 tracks. Now you can simply start recording your VoiceTrack.
Next, you'll see standard play, stop, and record buttons. These control the Record and Playback functions
of the Voice Track Editor.
To the right of the record controls are the Paste/Save/Save As button, the AutoSet button, the Edit Audio
File button, and the Delete button. The Paste/Save/Save As button will change its function (and icon
image) based on if you are creating a new Voice Track, or re-editing one that has already been pasted
into the log. For a new Voice Track, it’ll paste the file into the program log (Paste function) with a default
file name, or if you hold down the SHIFT key while clicking it, it’ll prompt you to enter a file name of your
choosing for you to enter a custom file name, then it’ll paste the Voice Track into the log. On the other

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 102
____________________________________________________________________________________
hand, if you have re-loaded a previously saved voice track into the editor, the button will work as a Save
button, saving your changes to the audio file, but not re-pasting a second copy into the program log.
To the right of the buttons you'll see the Artist drop-
down with its , , and buttons. Use the
buttons to add, remove, or edit names on the drop-
down. When you click on the Add or Edit buttons,
the window shown in figure 4.56 appears. Here
you can enter the display name. Additionally, you
can specify a “Load Next Voice Track” Key
Phrase within a specified category. With this
option, you can insert comments into your program
log between each set of cuts you want the specified Figure 4.56
person to record a voice track. When the voice track editor is loaded and the specified key phrase in an
event of the specified category is found lower down in the log, the Load button in the voice track editor
will switch to Load Next mode, which when clicked, the voice track editor will automatically load the next
voice track location in the log. Also while in this mode, the key phrase comment line in the log will
automatically be removed when the voice track is pasted into the log. You can select the names and
have them automatically added to the Voice Track File Tag. The name chosen from this drop down will
be used to tag the voice track with the talent that recorded the voice track and is displayed in the program
log on the voice track line item’s description.
Finally, all the way to the right, you'll see the Time scope slider and time window. This is kind of like a
zoom control. You can increase the Time Scope to see and hear more of all three files (but sacrifice
precision in the display) or decrease it to see and hear less in the Tracks (but get greater precision in
placing the cross-over points). It is best to keep the time scope as small as possible, while also allowing
you enough time to comfortably record your voice track so that you have the most precision in setting
your cross-over points, while still having enough time displayed to give you enough recording length.
When the Voice Track Editor Panel is active, the space bar and other keyboard shortcuts are
controlled by the Voice Track Editor. We do not recommend leaving the Voice Track Editor
visible while you are on-air since it changes many familiar keyboard shortcuts while visible.
In other words, when you are not using the Voice Track Editor, it is good practice to switch to
a different view, such as the Extend Log view.

Quick Voice Tracking

Voice Tracking can be done quickly and easily using keyboard shortcuts. The spacebar will not segue
the main decks while the Voice Track Editor is open – it is “taken over” by the editor for its own purposes
when you are recording Voice Tracks.
Highlight the first of two songs in your Program Log that need a Voice Track between them.
Press Q to QuickLoad the cuts from the Program Log into the editor.
Press R to start playback of the first cut.
Press R to start VoiceTrack record.
Press Spacebar to start the next cut (you can do this at any time).
Press R to stop VoiceTrack record.
Press R to end playback.
Press Spacebar to playback the whole sequence once you’ve recorded your voice track.
Press V to paste VoiceTrack to the program log.
You can also use the buttons. The red circle is the record button. It is the main control for VoiceTrack
recording. Clicking this button performs four functions in order:
Starts playback of Cut #1.
Starts VoiceTrack record.
Stops VoiceTrack record.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 103
____________________________________________________________________________________
Stops playback of Cut #1 & Cut #2.
**Don't forget to save the VoiceTrack to the program log when you are finished!

Using Pitch Shift

Simian can change the speed of Audio Events as it plays them. This feature allows you to automatically
change the speed as well as manually change the speed of a particular Event on the fly. If you are using
Simian on Windows XP or Windows 7 32bit, Simian will use its legacy audio engine. In this mode, you
can scale the length of your audio without altering the pitch if you have an AudioScience 6XXX series
soundcard, otherwise the speed of the audio file will alter the pitch (similar to the sound of speeding up or
slowing down a record). If you are using Simian on Windows 7 64bit or Windows 8 or later, time scaling
is performed within the audio engine, so regardless of what audio card you are using Simian can adjust
the speed of the playing cut without affecting pitch.

Automatic Pitch Shifting

Simian can automatically Pitch Shift Audio
Events based on their Category. You set
up these preferences on the FlexTime tab
of the Simian Program Options window
(under Tools/Program Options). Simply
select Enable Pitch Shifting from the
drop-down list. You will then be able to
select each Audio type Category and set its
individual Pitch Shift.
You'll notice that when you Pitch Shift an
Audio Event, the Playback Decks will
display the amount in their upper-left
corners. The clocks will also change to
reflect the new length of the Audio Event.

Manual Pitch Shifting

To manually Pitch Shift a particular audio Figure 4.57
Event, simply right-click on the deck in
which it is loaded, then select Pitch Shift,
and then the percentage. Simian will
automatically play that Audio Event at that
speed. If the Event is already playing, then
Simian will Pitch Shift from that point.
Just like automatic Pitch Shifting, manual
Pitch Shifting will cause the Play Decks to
display the amount of shift in their upper-
left corners. The clocks will also change to
reflect the new length of the Audio Event.

Figure 4.58

You can use automatic Pitch Shifting or Back Time, but not both at the same time.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 104
____________________________________________________________________________________

Using BackTime
BackTime allows you to time portions of your
Program Log up to the minute. This is done by
speeding up/slowing down all of the songs before
that time by the necessary amount to have the Back
Timed Event start at a particular time. Simply create
an Event with a Cue of "!" and set its scheduled time
to the time that you want it to play. Simian will
automatically Pitch the preceding Audio Events so
that the "!" Event starts at the exact time that it is
scheduled.
Scaling allows you to shrink or expand the length of
audio files without altering their pitch. If running
Simian on Windows XP or 7 32 bit, scaling is only
available with the AudioScience 6XXX series of
sound cards while other sound cards will alter pitch
to change the speed of the cut. When running
Simian on Windows 7 64bit or Windows 8 or later,
scaling is done in the audio engine, so scaling will Figure 4.59
be used regardless of brand or model of audio card.

The FlexTime tab of the Simian Program Options dialog box allows you to set your configuration options
for Back Time. Just bring up the tab and select Enable Automatic BackTime from the drop-down list.
Here you'll find three settings:
Maximum Stretch (Pitch Down) – This drop-down list allows you to select the maximum percentage that
Simian will pitch shift negatively. This will allow you to keep your music from sounding like James Earl
Jones.
Maximum Stretch (Pitch Up) – This drop-down list allows you to select the maximum percentage that
Simian will pitch shift positively. This will allow you to keep your music from sounding like Alvin and the
Chipmunks.

Maximum FlexTime Period – This drop-down list allows you to set the time
window that Simian will use to pitch Audio Events to get to the Event with
the "!" cue.
This may seem a little complicated at first, but it works like this; If you set both the maximum stretches to
4% and the maximum period to 60 minutes, Simian will start 60 minutes out from the scheduled time for
the "!" cued Event and pitch shift as much as 4% either way to make sure that the "!" cued Event will start
exactly at its scheduled time.
You can also display the length of file runtime (DR) remaining to the next BackTime (!) Cue, the actual
computer clock time remaining until the next BackTime Cue (TTM), and Simian will even do the math for
you so that you can see the difference! Just select "Display BackTime to Mark" from the Log menu.

Using Memorized Events

Sometimes, you’ll have a more involved Macro Event with many specific parameters, or a particular Audio
Event that you want to add to the Program Log very often. To save time, we have Memorized Events
Sets. Simply drag an Event into the Memorized Events window and you’ll have your very own “quick list”
for commonly used Events.
You can even have different sets for different people, or for whatever reason you'd like. Just use the Save
As item under the File menu in the Memorized Events window. You’ll then be able to open any Set that
you’d like to use.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 105
____________________________________________________________________________________

Using Scheduled Events

Let's say that you want an Event that has little or nothing to do with the currently running Program Log to
start at a particular time. A couple good examples might be a recording Event that creates an audio file
that will not be played back until later, or maybe you want to send that Relay Macro Event to start the
coffee at exactly 06:00. What’s the best way to do this? With Scheduled Events, of course. All you have
to do is go to Async | Show Scheduled Events, drag your Events into the Scheduled Events List, then
give them a schedule and a time using the buttons on the toolbar. The time can use wild cards (the “#”
character) to create Scheduled Event items that run every hour, every 10 minutes, every minute, or any
combination of the three (you could schedule an event to run every minute during the 12:00:00 hour if you
wanted).
You can even have different sets for different days, day parts, or people. Just use the Save As item under
the File menu in the Scheduled Events window. You can then use the drop-down selectors to establish
the current set and which set loads automatically when Simian starts.
You can also automatically change the Scheduled Events Set by using the LOADSCHEDULED Macro.

Using Relays (GPO)

Relays are started in Simian using the RELAY Macro Event. To automate the Relay process, simply
configure the RELAY Macro in the Event Builder and drag it into the Program Log, or any other list item
such as HotKey or Scheduled Event Sets. To fire Relays manually, you can use the Relay Rack window
under the Tools menu.

Using Triggers (GPI)

Once you have your General Purpose Input (GPI) device set up and working, all you need to do is go to
the Async menu and select Triggers, then Edit Sets. This will bring up the Triggers window. Here you can
drag Events into lines that correspond to Triggers.
You can also save multiple Trigger Sets that can be changed automatically using the LOADTRIGGERS
Macro. What this means is that you can start your day with Trigger Set “A” loaded and have Trigger #1
play a spot, then later in the day use the LOADTRIGGERS macro to change the Trigger set to set “B” and
have Trigger #1 launch a RECORD macro.
You’ll notice two drop-down lists at the bottom of the Triggers window. You can use these to define the
current Trigger Set and define which Trigger Set launches automatically when Simian starts.
Remember that Triggers will not work if Triggers are OFF in Simian’s Status bar. You can control the
“Trigger state” of Simian with the Triggers On at Startup option on the General tab of the Simian Program
Options window (on the Tools menu). You can also turn Triggers on and off using the TRIGGERS Macro
or use Async/Triggers/Enabled to turn Triggers on and off. The most common way to turn Triggers on and
off is by using the "Triggers are" item on the status bar. Just click it on or off.
You can also simulate incoming Triggers by using the TRIGGER Macro. The TRIGGER Macro will
simulate whichever Trigger it is configured to fire.
If you need a log of the triggers received (for troubleshooting or other purposes), a trigger log can be
generated. In the Hardware Options of Simian, on the Hardware tab, there is a check box for Generate
Incoming Trigger Log. When this option is enabled a text log will be generated in the C:\BSI32\Trigger
Logs\ folder with a file name of Trigger_Log_[DATE].txt (where [DATE] is the date the log was recorded).

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 106
____________________________________________________________________________________

Using Serial Communications

You can set Simian to “listen” for text strings from the serial port or send text strings through the serial
port. To do either, you’ll need to configure the options on the Serial Comm tab of the Simian Options
window (Tools/Hardware/Options). These settings are dependent on the peripheral device with which you
are trying to communicate. You can get information on which settings are needed from the device's
manufacturer.
To send text strings, use the SERIAL Macro. Just set it up according to the instructions on the Macro tab
of the Event Builder. Once you have set up the macro’s parameters, you can set the rest of the Event
Variables and drag the Event into your Program Log. When the Event is started, the string will be sent to
the serial port.
To receive strings, you’ll need to set up a Serial Set. To do this, go to the Async menu and select Serials,
then Edit Sets. You can then go to Edit/Insert Event. You’ll be asked for the string that you’d like Simian
to listen for. You will then get a line in the Serial Set so that you can drag in any Event. When Simian
“hears” that string on the serial port, it will start the assigned Event.
Remember that you can save more than one Serial Set. Just go to File/Save As in the Serial window.
This will allow you to have pre-made serial sets for different day parts. You can even use the drop-down
selectors at the bottom of the Serial window to set the current serial set and which serial set loads when
Simian starts up.
You can manually turn Serial Communications on and off under Async/Serials/Enabled and you can also
set Serial Communications to start up automatically (or not) when Simian starts up. Just use the Serial
ON at Startup option on the General tab of the Simian Program Options window. To quickly turn serial
communications on and off, just click the "Serial port is" item on Simian's status bar.

Using Automation Modes

Full Automation
Content can come from your local hard drive or from an outside source such as a satellite receiver. Let's
look at a couple examples…

Audio on Hard Drive Automation

Audio on Hard Drive means your digital audio files are kept on your PC hard drive so that everything
Simian plays is locally stored. Simian reads the Program Log off the hard drive and automatically
sequences through Events based on their Cue. Proof of performance logs can be generated for later
review by turning on Event Logging. Event Logging is controlled by settings on the General tab of the
Simian Program Options window. To open the Simian Program Options window, simply select Options,
then Program Options on the Tools menu in the main Simian window.

Satellite Automation
Simian can use a number of hardware peripherals to control satellite audio. With the proper hardware,
Simian can accept Triggers from the satellite receiver and interact with the receiver (or other peripherals)
via the serial port or contact closure, as well as directly control the internal mixers of most audio cards.

Live-Assist
If you want to completely control the start of every event while live on the air, you can use Live Assist
mode, which will load all of your decks automatically. Just press the space bar to play an Event, talk live,
press the space bar to play an Event, talk, and so on. You can use Carts to have blocks of commercials
play between Events in the Program Log. HotKeys are another function of Simian that are great for Live
Assist use. Want to punch a short laugh track while you’re talking? Just hit a HotKey.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 107
____________________________________________________________________________________

Automation OFF
With Automation OFF (or in MANUAL mode – the two are the same), Simian will do nothing for you
automatically. You will have to load the decks and start them manually if you want to play Events.

Using Dynamic HTML Pages

To post your play list on the World Wide Web, you need a browser and Internet access. If you don’t have
Internet access yet, you can still play with this feature and have a page displayed to anyone who’s on
your computer network or intranet.
We’re assuming you don’t have FrontPage or any other fancy html editor. If you do, this will be even
easier.
Simian has two HTML page generators. Each HTML page generator requires a source (or template)
page, and a destination page. Simian recreates the destination page every time a playback deck starts
playing a new audio file using the template page. Therefore, you should only edit the template page as
the destination page will be overwritten the next time a playback deck starts. The destination page is
constantly deleted and rewritten automatically.
The BSI_Sample_Page.htm and BSI_Templage_Page.htm files included with Simian are intended as
demo pages – we hope you will be creative and edit these or make your own custom pages!
To use a Dynamic HTML Page generator, simply follow these instructions:
1. Go to Tools/Program Options, and then go to the HTML tab
2. Enable either the Dynamic HTML 1 or the Dynamic HTML 2 options to “turn on” one of the
HTML generators
3. Select “C:\BSI32\BSI_Sample_Page.htm” or “C:\BSI32\BSI_Template_Page.htm” for the
Template (Source) Filename field by clicking on the button
4. Manually type “C:\BSI32\BSI_Destination_Page.htm” into the Destination File Name field (you’ll
have to manually type this path/filename because the file won’t exist)
5. Close the Simian Program Options dialog box.
6. Start Playback of your Program Log
7. Go to the Help menu and choose Dynamic HTML Page (or go to C:\BSI32 and double-click
BSI_Destination_Page.htm). This will open the destination page in your default Internet browser.
Watch the Destination page and as you play events from your program log. Notice how the Dynamic
HTML Page reloads with the information of the currently playing song.
Now, go get the person who writes your web page, because we're going to go Web Geek for a little
while…

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 108
____________________________________________________________________________________

Dynamic HTML Pages For The Web Geek:

The Dynamic HTML function of Simian is similar
to a mail merge…except that it is merges the
information of the currently playing events into
an HTML template file. You do not need to
keep the Dynamic HTML Page in its current
form. In fact, we'd rather have you customize it.
Therefore we're going to give you the lowdown
on how it works.
If you open Simian and go to Tools/Program
Options, then select the HTML tab. You'll see a
set of options for Dynamic HTML.
Dynamic HTML 1 / 2 – Turns on the Dynamic
HTML generators for either of two templates.
Template (Source) Filename – Simian writes
the Template file and then automatically copies
it to the Destination file. You'll want to edit the
Template. Figure 4.60

Destination (Output) Filename – This file is automatically overwritten with the Template file information.
You'll want to put this file on your local web server.
Automatically FTP HTML file – To upload your HTML file to an FTP site each time your HTML page is
updated, enable this option. Click on the FTP Settings… button and you will be presented with the
window shown in figure 4.60 so you can configure your FTP server’s settings.

You will need to enter your FTP server’s URL or IP

address into the FTP Server Address field, and the
port your FTP server is using (default is 21 for FTP
servers). The Username and Password for your FTP
account will need to be entered into the
corresponding fields as well. The FTP Server
Destination field is the directory your HTML page will
be placed into. You can leave this field with only a
back-slash if you want the file uploaded into the root
directory of your account, or you can enter a relative
path if you want the HTML page uploaded into a sub-
folder on the server. If your FTP server uses Passive
Mode to transfer files, place a check box into the
Server Uses Passive Mode check box, otherwise,
Figure 4.61
leave the option unchecked.

If you are unsure of weather your FTP server uses passive mode or not, you can try it both
ways. If uploading your file fails while this option is unchecked, try again while it checked.
You won’t hurt anything by trying either mode, your upload may just fail if the option doesn’t
match your server’s mode.

Default URL – You can associate a URL with the different audio files so that you can set up spots to link
to their advertisers. You define the URL in the audio file tag for the audio file. If no URL is specified,
Simian will use this URL.
Default Artist / Advertiser – If the current event does not have an artist entered in its tagging info, the
text entered in this field will be used instead.
Default Title / Description – If the current event does not have a title entered in its tagging info, the text
entered in this field will be used instead.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 109
____________________________________________________________________________________
Exclude Categories – To keep Simian from sending tags for certain kinds of Events, enable this option
and configure the Exclude Categories settings on the Categories tab.
Recent Events / Coming Up – These set the number of items coming up and those recently played that
will be written when you use the Recent and Coming Up tags.
Encode HTML in Files – Replace special characters with corresponding “escape characters” to properly
conform to HTML standards.
HTML Tag Generator – This is the bread and butter for the web developer. You can select tags from the
drop-down, click the Copy Tag to clipboard button, and then paste your tags into your code.
The tags available are:
• Current Artist/Advertiser • Current Item Year • Weather City
• Current Description/Title • Current Album Art File • Weather Temp
• Current Event Name • Weather Conditions
• Current File Name • Coming Up Events • Weather Wind
• Current Album • Coming Up File Names • Weather Pressure
• Current Category • Coming Up Time • Weather Humidity
• Current Comments • Coming Up Date • Weather Visibility
• Current Composer • Recent Events • Next Album
• Current Copy • Recent Events – Short • Next Artist
• Current Copyright • Recent File Names • Next Description/Title
• Current Duration • Station ID • Next Event Sched. Time
• Current Genre • Weather Information
• Current Publisher • Weather Availability
• Current / Default URL • Weather Time
Now that we've gone over the controls, let’s go over how this works. Simian reads the Template file and
looks for its proprietary tags. It then replaces those tags with the appropriate information from the
currently playing audio file. It then copies the file over top of the previous Destination file. This means that
you can edit the existing Template page, or create a new one and drop in the tags from the HTML Tag
Generator.
If you do not have a web server in-house and use a service provider, you will need to upload the
destination file each time the template file is updated. You can use the FTP Macro in conjunction with
the “When a Main Deck Starts” field on the Events Tab in Simian’s Program Options or any of a
number of third-party FTP applications that can automatically transfer your file when a change is
detected.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 110
____________________________________________________________________________________

Using Keyboard Shortcuts

1, 2 or 3 Plays Deck 1, 2 or 3 (if option is enabled)
Ctrl + A Select all
Ctrl + B Opens Event Builder
Ctrl + C Copy
Ctrl + D Edit Audio File
Ctrl + E Opens selected file with Info Editor
Ctrl + F Find phrase in the Program Log
Ctrl + G Go to Current Event in the Event Log
Ctrl + H Selects HotKey Panel
Ctrl + M Make Next
Ctrl + N New Program Log
Ctrl + O Open new Program Log
Ctrl + P Print
Ctrl + Q Quick Insert
Ctrl + R New Cart
Ctrl + S Save
Ctrl + T Selects Voice Track Panel
Ctrl + V Paste
Ctrl + X Cut
Ctrl + Y Displays the Async Deck (Deck #4)
Ctrl + Z Undo
Ctrl + F3 Find Again
Ctrl + W Opens the Simian Weather dialog box
Shift + Ctrl + F2 Launches Speedy if installed
Shift + Ctrl + F3 Launches Stinger if installed
Shift + Ctrl + F4 Launches TimeShift if installed
Shift + Ctrl + F6 Launches WaveCart if installed
Shift + Ctrl + C Opens the Program Log’s Edit Cue/Scheduled Time dialog
Return Make current selection next to play
Space Segue, play next (Depends on Program Options)
FKeys Hotkeys
Esc Stop all decks
+ Toggles a selected Event's Cue between manual and "+"
! Toggles a selected Event's Cue between manual and "!"
# Toggles a selected Event's Cue between manual and "#"
@ Toggles a selected Event's Cue between manual and "@"
____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 111
____________________________________________________________________________________

VoiceTrack Keyboard Shortcuts

"A" Autoset
"P" Play
"Q" Quick Reload
nd
"R" Playback, Record, Start 2 Cut (see Voice Track Session – Sequence below)
"V" Paste
"X" Clear
"Esc" Reset, Set all tracks

Voice Track Session - Sequence:

R (or H) – Starts Playback
R (or J) – Starts Recording
[optional] SPACEBAR, Starts next song
R (or K) – Stops Recording
R (or L) – Stops Sequence

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 112
____________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Optimizing Windows®
When using Windows, there is little that you can do to optimize the actual Microsoft release of the
operating system. Unfortunately many computer manufacturers decide that the original version of
Windows isn't good enough, and they add programs that run all of the time… Whether you want them to
or not. These types of programs can affect Simian's on-air performance. Always try to use the cleanest
Windows installation possible.
Also, some normal common-sense computer practices need to be avoided for the on-air Simian
computer. Try to avoid programs that constantly run in the background, such as the Task Scheduler or
any Anti-Virus programs on your on-air machine unless it’s one that we’ve tested and can mask our
system and audio files. Otherwise, these background programs can cause many problems such as audio
skipping, system lock-ups and program crashes when used in conjunction with Simian. Any situation
where the automatic protection features of an antiviral program are constantly scanning files is bad news
for your air machine.
Try to avoid hard drive Power Management functions. These settings are in your BIOS, as well as in your
Control Panel/Power Management folder. You may need to call the technical support section of your
computer manufacturer to assist you with this. In the Control Panel, make your Settings for Always On
power scheme say Never for hard drives.
Because Simian is graphics-intensive, it’s best to minimize the fancy Windows tricks like mouse trails,
icon animations, etc. Do this by going to the Control Panel/Display/Effects tab and disabling Show
window contents while dragging and Animate windows, menus and lists.
Turn off Windows Sounds. In Control Panel/Sounds/Schemes, select No Sounds. This is important so
you don’t get unwanted beeps and tinkling from Windows on the air!
Don’t use wallpaper. Every time you move something on the desktop, Windows has to redraw every pixel
of the wallpaper graphic. This surprisingly simple thing can really slow your system down. Right-click
your desktop, choose properties, then (None) for Wallpaper.

Installation Problems
If an installation fails, or Simian will not launch after a power failure or similar traumatic experience,
please call our Technical Support Team. They will be more than happy to lend you a hand. The following
clean reinstallation instructions are for the computer expert who knows that a clean reinstallation is
needed, or as a guide for when Tech Support says it's time to clean reinstall.
Reinstallation should be one of the last troubleshooting steps, not the first. If you cleanly reinstall Simian,
you will have to reconfigure most of the options in SoundHound and Simian. You will need to re-enter
your validation code after a clean reinstall.

Do not attempt the following step unless you are a knowledgeable computer expert. Always
backup your Registry files before attempting to edit the registry.

Instructions:
1. Download the newest full install of Simian.
2. Shut down any applications that are running on the Taskbar, including Simian.
3. Shut down SoundHound manually if it is still running.
4. Remove Simian from the Add & Remove Programs Control Panel.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 113
____________________________________________________________________________________
5. Verify that the following files have been removed from the C:\winnt\system32 folder (Win
XP/7/8):
• BsiGeode.dll
• BsiNet32.dll
• BsiUtl232.dll
• BsiUtl32.dll
• Extract32.dll
• HolyGrl32.dll
• mmbsi32.dll
• Sx32w.dll
• wavinfo32.dll
6. Verify that the following files have been removed from the C:\bsi32 folder:
• simian.exe
• sndhound.exe
• audio.mdb
7. Search the Windows
Registry for the word
“Simian” (no quotes), and
remove any Keys (not just
Values) that refer to it.
Make sure to search
repeatedly (F3) until you
see a message that says
“Finished searching
through the registry”:

Figure 5.1
8. Close the Registry Editor and restart your computer.
9. Shut down any TSR’s other than Explorer and Systray.
10. Install the newest version of Simian.
11. Restart your computer.
12. Launch Simian.
13. Make sure your dongle is installed and enter your Validation Code.
14. Reconfigure Simian and SoundHound.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 114
____________________________________________________________________________________

Random Problems
Errors that seem to occur sporadically and that are difficult to reproduce may indicate a DLL conflict or a
corrupt audio database (audio.mdb). Try deleting your audio.mdb and letting SoundHound recreate it.
Also, verify that you have only one copy of each of the following DLLs and that they are all in your
c:\Windows\System (C:\WINNT\System32 for NT based machines) folder and no other.
• BsiGeode.dll
• BsiNet32.dll
• BsiUtl232.dll
• BsiUtl32.dll
• Extract32.dll
• HolyGrl32.dll
• mmbsi32.dll
• Sx32w.dll
• wavinfo32.dll
Each computer with BSI software installed should have only one copy of these files. They should all be in
the c:\windows\system folder (C:\winnt\system32 on Windows 2000). Use the Find Files feature under
the Start button to confirm that you have only one copy of the files and that they are in the right place.
Using long file names for your audio files can also lead to errors that appear random. Make sure you are
not using long file names or long folder names (keep with the 8.3 file naming convention). In addition,
make sure that you do not have apostrophes or other special characters in these names.
Finally, random errors can be caused by conflicting hardware. Have your PC technician check your
device manager for hardware and IRQ conflicts.

Sound Problems
Windows® Sound Problems
You must determine whether the sound problem occurs in the Windows Audio Subsystem or in Simian
before troubleshooting. Beginning your tests in Windows will help you isolate the problem. Use the
Windows Sound Recorder (not Media Player) to test it. If the problem happens in Windows Sound
Recorder, you’ll want to troubleshoot the playback process, not the individual BSI application. Skip to the
"Simian Sound Problems" section if you can play your files properly in Sound Recorder. Otherwise, start
with "Basic Sound Troubleshooting".

Basic Sound Troubleshooting:

Check the Audio connections – If the soundcard’s outputs aren’t connected correctly, no sound can
come from the card.
Check the volume level – Check the playback volumes in Windows’ mixer, the soundcard’s mixer
application, and the external monitor or audio console.
Start with the basics – Can you play an uncompressed .wav file in Windows Sound Recorder? If you
can’t then Simian will be unable to play audio files as well.

Simian Sound Problems

Two of the more common sound problems relating to Simian are audio breakup and skipping. Skipping
audio means that parts of songs are actually dropping out and therefore not being played. Audio breakup
is something different – breakup is when nothing is lost but there are pauses where there shouldn’t be.
Breakup occurs when there is a drain on system resources and your audio card or processor is not

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 115
____________________________________________________________________________________
getting access to all the resources they require. The solution to this is to stop doing any non-essential
activities (such as production work on the on-air machine), then remove all background applications,
virus-checkers, task schedulers, or anything else that will take up system resources (stuff like Unreal
Tournament running in the background).
Skipping audio can happen when you are using a consumer-grade soundcard and trying to segue (which
most of these cards don’t support). These cards may appear to support multiple audio streams, but there
is a difference in the way they do this compared with professional audio cards. Professional cards have
controls programmed into them, which allow Simian to control what audio passes through a specific
channel. Consumer-grade cards simply take all the streams and control them internally without allowing
Simian to control segues or overlapping. This means the card is in control and not the automation
software. This can lead to audio skipping. The problem is that it’s impossible to tell what will happen at
any given time. That’s why professional cards are so essential for professional sounding overlap.

Troubleshooting Triggers
There are several things to check if your Triggers are not working properly:
• Make sure that Triggers are ON (look at the Status Bar at the bottom of the main Simian
Window).
• Check that the proper Trigger Set is active (go to Async/Triggers/Edit Sets and look at which Set
is selected in the Current Triggers box at the bottom right of the window). Choose the correct Set
if it is not already selected.
• Verify that the correct Trigger Events are associated with the correct Trigger number in the
Trigger Set.
• Go to Tools/Hardware Options/Hardware and verify that the appropriate GPI/O device is selected.
• While on the Hardware tab, try clicking on the Trigger number. If the number lights up and you get
the expected result, Simian’s Trigger functionality is working properly.
• Check whether the Trigger number you're testing lights up when the appropriate Relay is closed.
This will tell you if the Trigger interface with your GPI/O device is working properly.
• Turn on the Generate Incoming Trigger Log option on the Hardware tab in Simian’s Hardware
Options window to record if/when your expected triggers are being received.
If these steps fail, contact technical support. We understand that this functionality can be complicated in
some situations, and we’ll be more than happy to lend a hand.

Troubleshooting Relays
The first thing that you can do to verify that Relays are working properly is to open the Relay Rack dialog
box (Tools/Relay Rack) and click one of the numbered relays. If you hear the familiar click of a relay
closing on your Switcher device, then you know that Simian is communicating properly with the device. If
this fails, try the software that comes with the device. You should be able to test it there. If that works, call
BSI Technical Support. If that fails, call the tech support department for the device manufacturer.

Troubleshooting Serial Communications

Troubleshooting Serial Communications is much easier with the Serial Port tab of the Spyglass window.
Just go to Help/Spyglass Diagnostics and select the Serial Port tab. Here you can send strings and
monitor the serial port.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 116
____________________________________________________________________________________

Technical Support
BSI offers different Tech Care Plans to reflect the different levels of technical support required by
individual users.
Simian Lite does not include any support plan, but 6 months of Web-Based Support Tickets are included
from the date of purchase.
Everyone has access to our web based user forum & knowledge base. Customers can choose between
our GOLD and PLATINUM Tech Care Plans for additional support.
PLATINUM Gold FREE
24/7 Off-Air Emergency
Telephone Support
Page our on-call engineer and receive a
rapid response in under 60 minutes1
Premium Telephone Support
Obtain a prompt telephone response2
normal weekdays between 6am and
6pm Pacific from our own Tech Support
staff for all BSI supplied hardware and
software. (We do not use third-party or
overseas call centers).
Web-Based Support Tickets
to urgent Support Tickets submitted
60 minute Same day
normal weekdays between 6am and
response1 response1
6pm Pacific
Remote Login Support
Free remote PC Login for BSI software
related tech support issues
FREE BSI Software Upgrade
Protection
Free upgrades for each purchased BSI
software for which a Tech Care Plan
applies
System Check & Configuration
In the event of technical issues, we will
remotely log in and check your PC and
software configuration for any hardware
or software purchased through BSI
BSI User Forum
20,000 tips & tricks available 24/7 or
enlist the help of other BSI users
Validation Codes
Replacement validation codes for all
your purchased versions of BSI
applications.
BSI Utility & Driver Updates
Free Tested and Certified Updates

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 117
____________________________________________________________________________________

PLATINUM Tech Care Plan - $1299 per year

All Simian Pro customers are automatically enrolled in the PLATINUM Technical Care Plan
for the first 12 months from date of purchase. The Tech Care Plan is then optional, and
renewable annually throughout the life of the software.
Gold Tech Care Plan - $999 per year
Many of the same features of the Platinum Tech Care Plan (does not include 24-hour Off-Air
Emergency support, among others, see above chart for more info) for $300 less than the
Platinum Tech Care Plan. The Tech Care Plan is optional, and renewable annually
throughout the life of the software.
Non-Automation product support plan - $299 per year
Gold level support for our non-automation products including Stinger, WaveCart,
SkimmerPlus, and Speedy is available for $299 per year.
Notes:
1Under 60 minutes is target response time for Platinum TCP, Same-Day response time for Gold TCP,
during normal business hours. Internal monitoring ensures that we work closely to achieve these targets.
2On the rare occasion that all our technicians are busy, we will provide a prompt call-back (domestic US
only) - we DO NOT leave you holding in a queue and calls are routed directly to our tech staff at our
facility in Springfield, OR. We do not use overseas call centers.
A La Carte Training & Support - from $199 per incident
Customers requiring telephone support and / or additional training and who do not have a
current Tech Care Plan, or who do not have a Platinum Tech Care Plan and need assistance
outside of normal business hours, can purchase A La Carte
NOTE: purchasing A La Carte support does not qualify purchaser for free software version
upgrades.
Training Sessions
pre-booked training sessions from $99 per hour.
NOTE: purchasing A La Carte support does not qualify purchaser for free software version
upgrades.
Program Log Building - $299
Having trouble building your Program Log; need help with your Scheduled Record Events for Time
Shifting; just added a new satellite show or flipped formats and not sure what you need to do in your
Program Log?
Now, help is at hand from the experts at BSI. We'll spend time helping you create your Program Log
ensuring that it is running smoothly and that you understand what's going on!
Our custom Program Log building costs $99 per hour, with a minimum 3-hour booking.
Additional hours charged at $99 / hour.

IMPORTANT: Prices published here were effective at the time of this manual’s
original printing. Prices are subject to change at any time. For current valid
pricing, please visit http://www.bsiusa.com.

IMPORTANT: Prices published here are per machine for single users. Radio Groups
with multiple machines requiring Tech Support Plans for more than one computer
and / or users should contact BSI sales for special pricing based on the number of
computers and users to support and the level of support required.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 118
____________________________________________________________________________________

Technical Support or Training?

BSI has two sections designed specifically to assist you; Technical Support and Training. While they are
both here to help you out, their backgrounds and goals are a bit different. Let's take a look at each:

Tech Support
Our Technical Support department is made up of hardcore computer people who work hard to fix
problems with BSI software. They're here for you when BSI software is not functioning properly to help
you get your software (and sometimes hardware) up and running properly. These people can tweak
Simian and shuffle IRQ's with the best of them. When BSI software is broken, contact Tech Support.

Training
Our Training department is made up of Radio Engineers who work hard to help you integrate your BSI
software into your radio station. These people know about things like ferrite beads, grounding, and
scheduling software. When you need help building a Program Log, or wiring your Triggers, Contact our
Training section to set up an appointment.

Customer Assistance Contact info

Technical Support Phone Number: (541) 342-5250

Technical Support Email: [email protected]

Technical Support on the Web www.bsiusa.com/support

Training Section Phone Number : (888) 274-8721

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 119
____________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter 6: Reference
Menus
File Menu
New Program Log [Ctrl+N] — Creates a new blank Program Log.
Open [Ctrl+O] — Opens the “Open Log” dialog box that automatically
shows you all logs available in the folder that you indicated for Program Logs
in the paths tab of the Program Options dialog box.
Save [Ctrl+S] — Saves changes to the current Program Log.
Save As — Opens the “Save Program Log” file window, which allows you to
save the log and rename it if you’d like. This is very useful if you are building
template logs. You can save the same log under different day names and
then change only the particular elements that are different for each day.
Import :
Use Traffic Format — Allows you to import a raw text log into
Simian using the Traffic settings that you choose on the Log Import
tab of Simian’s Program Options window. Figure 6.1

Use Music Format — Allows you to import a raw text log into Simian using the Music settings
that you choose on the Log Import tab of Simian’s Program Options window.
Use Alternate Format — Allows you to import a raw text log into Simian using the Alternate
settings that you choose on the Log Import tab of Simian’s Program Options window.
Sort Log by Scheduled Time — Sorts current program log by scheduled time.
Print:
To a File — Prints current log to an ASCII text file.
To a Printer [Ctrl+P] — Prints current log to the default printer.

Properties — Displays current log info including Air Date, Title,

Description, Creator and Comments.
Change Session — Shows the various sessions you are set up to run
from this machine (available as a faster alternative to the “session”
switch previously used on the icon command). The current session in
use will display a check mark to the left of its entry in this menu.
Exit — Exits Simian.

Edit Menu
Undo [Ctrl+Z] – This works just like the Undo feature in many other
popular software applications. It simply reverses your previous action(s).
Cut [Ctrl+X] — Cuts the currently highlighted line in the current program
log and holds it in memory for pasting into another section of the
program log or other window.
Copy [Ctrl+C] — Copies the currently highlighted line in the current
program log and holds it in memory for pasting into another section of
the program log or list window, such as the Cart Viewer. Figure 6.2

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 120
____________________________________________________________________________________
Paste [Ctrl+V] — Pastes the line held in memory to the line following the currently highlighted line in the
current program log.
Replace Filenames – Finds all entries in the program of a specified file name with a second specified file
name.
Replace Keyword – If you want to change text in your log by searching by keywords in the various
columns, use this option. You will be presented with a dialog box with many search and replace options.
Quick Insert [Ctrl+Q] — Pops open a window where you can type the name of a file in your audio
database. Just type in the file name and go!
Select All [Ctrl+A] — Selects all lines in the current program log for copying or deleting.
Audio File [Ctrl+D] — Whenever you have an audio event highlighted, you can select this item to open
the audio editor that you indicate on the Paths tab of the Simian Options window.
Edit Audio Info [Ctrl+E] — Whenever you have an audio event highlighted, this item will open the Info
Editor that contains audio and cart file-tagging information.
Go to Current [Ctrl+G] — If you’re working on the log a couple hundred Events down from the Event that
Simian is currently playing, you can use this feature to automatically zoom the Program Log back to the
current Event.
Make Next —Schedules the currently highlighted item in the current program log as the next item to play.
Find [Ctrl+F] — Searches the current program log for any occurrence of the specified text.
Find Again [Ctrl+F3] — Continues most recent search in the program log.

Log Menu
Automation — Switches automation modes. You can select
Off/Manual, Live Assist [Ctrl+L], or Auto from the sub menu
that pops up. You can also click the Automation button on the
status bar to perform this function.
Time Events — Turns time events ON and OFF. This can
also be accomplished by clicking on the Time Events
indicator on the Status Bar at the bottom of the main Simian
window.
Verify Program Log — Opens the Program Log Verification
window which provides you with a means to find and correct
errors prior to running the log. This is where you can verify
the existence of all audio files in the current program log,
check start and end dates and verify audio file length. You
can also choose to create an error list, which you can print
out for later reference. Figure 6.2

Event Logging — Toggles event logging ON and OFF. This can also be accomplished by clicking on the
Event Log indicator on the Status Bar at the bottom of the main Simian window. The Event Log is a
record of the actual as-run broadcast day.
View Event Logs — Opens the View Event Logs window where you can edit, delete or open an Event
Log.
Hide Audio List – Hides the Audio List
Show Cut Info When Voice Track Editor Loads – If you would like to see some of the meta-data of the
audio files you are going to record Voice Tracks for, enable this option. When you load the Voice Track
Editor while this option is enabled, a window will pop up displaying several of the common meta-data
fields for both Cut #1 and Cut #2 loaded into the Voice Track Editor.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 121
____________________________________________________________________________________
Display RunTime & Position Info — Shows the run time calculations on the program log properties bar.
You can disable this option on slower machines to conserve system resources.
Display BackTime to Mark – Shows the length of file runtime (DR) remaining to the next BackTime (!)
Cue, the actual computer clock time remaining until the next BackTime Cue (TTM), and Simian will even
do the math for you so that you can see the difference!

You can display RunTime & Position Info or BackTime to Mark info, but not both.

Set Run Time Start — Sets the starting event for the start from which subsequent time calculations will
be referenced.
Clear all status information — Clears the Status column of the log.
Update Category, Descriptions, & Duration – Updates the information of each audio file or cart in the
Description, Category, and Duration fields of the Program Log. Information is pulled from the Audio
Database.
Convert Filename Meta-Variables in Program Log – Converts all date meta-variables found in the
Filename column of the Program Log to the current date.
Auto-Fill Scheduled Times in Current Program Log – Rebuilds the scheduled times for all AutoStart
events in the program log based on the timed events and file lengths of the events in the Program Log.
Resolve All Carts in Current Program Log – Carts will be removed from the program log and replaced
with their component events.
Restore Previously Resolved Carts – Removes previously resolved cart elements from the current
Program Log and restores the original cart events.

Async Menu
HotKeys – Allows you to display the HotKeys Tool Panel or edit
HotKeys Sets.
Serials – Allows you to enable and disable serial functionality.
You can also edit Serial Sets here.
Triggers – Allows you to enable and disable serial functionality.
You can also edit Trigger Sets here. Figure 6.3

Show Memorized Events – Opens the Memorized Events window.

Show Scheduled Events – Opens the Scheduled Events window.
Show Asynchronous Deck [Ctrl+Y] – Opens the Asynchronous deck interface.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 122
____________________________________________________________________________________

Tools Menu
Audio Editor — Launches the audio editor that you select on the
Paths tab of the Simian Options window.
Event Builder [Ctrl+B] — Opens the Event Builder window. The
Event Builder is covered in Chapter 4.
Relay Rack – This menu item only appears if you have selected a
Switcher device on the Hardware tab under Tools/Hardware
Options. It allows you to open the Relay Rack dialog box which
allows you to manually control your relay device.
Text Editor — Launches Notepad for your enjoyment.
Weather Info [CTRL+W] — Launches the weather information
screen.
Manual Metadata – To open the Manual Metadata window, click on
this option. This window allows you to manually output
HTML/HTTP/TCP/UDP/Serial data for audio not played from
Simian.
Hide Main Decks – Hides the main decks at the top of Simian’s
user interface and extends the Program Log in their place.
Extend Program Log – Extends the program log to the full length Figure 6.4
of the screen, covering up the Record, HotKeys, VoiceTrack, and
Mixers tabs at the bottom of Simian’s user interface.
Record Decks – Displays the Record Deck Tab at the bottom of Simian’s user interface.
HotKeys – Displays the HotKeys Tab at the bottom of Simian’s user interface.
VoiceTrack – Displays the VoiceTrack Editor Tab at the bottom of Simian’s user interface.
Mixers – Displays the Mixers Tab at the bottom of Simian’s user interface.
Program Options — Opens the Simian Program Options window, where you can set up options for
Simian. See the Configuration section for details.
Hardware Options – Opens the Simian Hardware Options window, where you can set up options for
your hardware peripherals. See the Configuration section for details.

WMES Menu
(Windows Media Encoder Services) This menu is only available if you
have selected the Enable WMES functionality feature on the Streaming
tab of the Simian Program Options window. You must have Windows
Media Encoder 9 installed to use this feature. Figure 6.5

WMES Encoder Engaged – You can engage and disengage the Windows Media Encoder here.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 123
____________________________________________________________________________________

BSI Menu
Allows you to quickly switch to other installed BSI products.
Figure 6.6

Window Menu
Auto Adjust Log Display – Re-sets the column widths of the Program
Log to their default widths.
Enable Full-Screen Mode – This option causes the familiar Windows
window border to disappear and Simian will be maximized to the full size of
the screen.
Save Window Position — Saves the current position and size of the main
Simian window so that when you close and reopen Simian, it will look just Figure 6.7
like you left it.

Users – Allows you to switch between different users. When you change users you will be asked for that
user's password.
Security — Opens the Simian Security window where administrators can control access to certain Simian
features. The Simian Security window will ask you for a password the first time it is accessed, and will not
re-open without that password.

Help Menu
Help Contents — Opens the Simian help system.
Release Notes — Opens your browser and opens the Simian release notes
web page.
Check for updates – Opens your browser and goes to the Simian Updates
web page.
Tips & Tricks — Opens the Simian Tips window and gives the option to
show tips at startup.
Technical Support — Opens the Technical Support information dialog box
that provides support times, phone numbers and email addresses.
SpyGlass Diagnostics — Opens the SpyGlass window, which gives you
access to all kinds of useful information for Simian setup and
troubleshooting.
Register – Allows you to register your copy of Simian.
Figure 6.8

BSI on the Web — Allows you to directly access a great deal of useful information on the BSI Website
directly from Simian. This is a great way to get to these resources:
Dynamic HTML Page – This option will only show if Dynamic HTML Generator 1 is turned on. Clicking
this option will open your destination html page in your system’s default browser.
About Simian – This is the standard Windows “about this application” window. You can use this to check
the version of Simian that you’re using, as well as view the license agreement.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 124
____________________________________________________________________________________

Simian Program Options

The following screen shots illustrate typical default settings suitable for most Simian users. These
settings are stored in the Windows Registry, which is unique for every different Windows user. For
that reason (and because Simian needs read/write access to the registry and other parts of Windows) we
suggest limiting User Accounts to a single Simian user with Administrator Privileges.

Tools | Program Options - General

Figure 6.9

Station ID – This field allows you to personalize the title bar of the Simian program and provide an on
screen reference to the station which is useful when viewing multiple desktops using Remote Desktop
Connections; or different Simian sessions (as on the Production Machines).

Figure 6.10

The station ID appears in Simian’s title bar, above the time (and weather if using the GETWEATHER
Macro).

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 125
____________________________________________________________________________________
Station Logo – Clicking on this button allows you to display (or hide) a station logo to the right of the
three main playback decks. Clicking on the Logo button will make the Logo Settings window appear as
shown in figure 6.10b.

To display a station logo, place a

check in the Show Station Logo
option. A BSI logo will show by
default, but you can change this to
your own custom logo by clicking on
the Select Station Logo button and
browsing to and opening your own
custom .jpg, .gif, or .bmp file. The
logo will be displayed in full size as a
native 176x176 size. Your screen
resolution must be at least 1280
pixels wide for the logo to be able to
display full size (otherwise it’ll shrink it
to fit in the space available).
The station logo can be set to execute
macro or audio file by dragging an
event from the event builder to the
logo, or to the Left-Click Event field
in the Station Logo Setup window. Figure 6.10b: The Station Logo Setup window
When the currently playing audio file
has a URL saved in the URL field tag, right clicking on the station logo will open the associated web page.
You can choose to display the Album Art of the currently playing audio file by placing a check in the
Show Album Art option. With this option and the Show Station Logo option enabled, Simian will search
for and display any image file that has a file name that matches either [Artist].jpg, [Artist].gif, [Artist].bmp
or [Artist]-[Album].jpg, [Artist]-[Album].gif, or [Artist]-[Album].bmp. Again, the native full size image that
Simian will display is 176x176. Anything other than that size will be stretched/squeezed to fit these
dimensions.
It is recommended to use .jpg or .gif files if you plan on using the Album Art/Station Logo with
the Dynamic HTML function’s <!--BSIALBUMARTFILENAME--> field tag and the Stream
Encoding and Metadata function’s %ALBUMARTFILENAME% meta-variables since those file
types are appropriate for use on the web.

Startup Options
Time events ON at startup – Simian will respond to Timed Events in the Program Log and Scheduled
Events. If not selected, Simian will ignore all Timed Events in Scheduled Events and the Program Log,
including BackTime, Non-Sequential and Timed Next events.
Triggers ON at startup – Simian will respond to the currently loaded Triggers set. (The actual trigger set
loaded at start-up is configured in Async | Triggers | Edit Sets)
Serial ON at Startup – Simian will ‘listen’ to the default Serial Port and respond to any Watch Strings set
up in the currently loaded Serial Sets
Event logging ON at startup – events within Simian are logged to a file that can be viewed from Logs |
View Event Logs

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 126
____________________________________________________________________________________

Automatically load last program log – If

Simian was shut down with a Program Log
loaded, this option will automatically load the
last Program Log when Simian restarts.
Autostart Simian Weather Utility—Simian
gets its weather and forecast information from
the Simian Weather Utility. If you don’t want
Simian to automatically start the weather utility
when Simian starts, uncheck this option.
Adjust Application Color Settings – This
button opens a dialog box that allows you to
select a background color for Simian’s user
interface and pop-up windows. You can also
set a background wallpaper image by enabling
the Image option and clicking on the Browse
button to choose a .jpg, .gif, or .bmp file. The file you select will be displayed behind the controls on
Simian’s main user interface. The image will be displayed at its native size, so if the image is smaller
than the dimensions of your current screen resolution it will not fill the entire window. On the other hand,
if the image is larger than your current resolution, only the portion of the image that fits the screen will be
displayed.

This window also allows you to change the colors of the fonts on the main UI
window, the Program Log lines and fonts, Event Builder’s file type line and
font colors, and Cart Editor line and font colors.

Event Log Settings

Each time an audio file or Virtual Cart is played, Simian will log the details in either a plain ASCII text log-
file (that can be read with any text editor including Windows Notepad, or imported into Microsoft Excel) or
in MS Access format allowing users with Microsoft Access to customize their own reports. Simian will
display either format.
Log Triggers & HotKeys – Triggers and HotKey Events will be added to the Event Logs, which is useful
for debugging and when multiple events are ‘fired’ from Trigger inputs.
Log cuts within carts – rather than just log the Virtual Cart, Simian will add the actual Event within the
cart to the Event Log.
Append ID and Session to log file name – the default file name for the Event Log is the Year, Month
and Day with an .lst extension. Appending the ID to the log file name will add the station call letters at the
end of the filename. This may be useful where Event Logs are being transferred to a central computer for
review.

System Options
Use Crash Recovery – Simian keeps track of the Program Log position and current audio file so that, in
the unlikely event that the computer crashes, it can resume playback from the same point when the
computer is rebooted and Simian is placed in the Startup group. Using this option uses more computer
resources and unless you are experiencing problems, we suggest that you leave this option un-checked.
Show cut labels during cart play – will display the Event inside a virtual cart (in the play decks) rather
than just the cart label itself.
AutoStep through time events – Instead of waiting for an Event’s Scheduled Time, Simian will play the
Event as soon as it is reached. By default, this option is NOT selected and Simian will wait until the

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 127
____________________________________________________________________________________
Scheduled Time before executing the event. (Timed Immediate and Timed Next events are otherwise
unaffected by this option).
Engage TimeSync – Simian will synchronize your computer clock with an incoming Trigger (typically a
Network Time Sync from your Satellite provider). Any other event associated with that Trigger is
unaffected.

TIP: Ensure that the Windows option to

‘synchronize with an Internet Time Server’ is
turned off at all times. When left on, we’ve seen
the computer clock mysteriously change an hour at a
time.

TIP: It is best to avoid resetting system time around

midnight (or at a time when an event is scheduled to
play). If the clock was running a second or so fast at
midnight and is moved back, your commands to load
the following days log could operate incorrectly, or
possibly even twice.

Figure 6.11

Engage AutoReplacement – Although Simian

allows you to verify program logs, there are
occasions where a file is not available. Using
this option will substitute a missing file with a file
of your choice. Typically, the replacement file
will be a Virtual Cart with a randomized selection
of audio files (for example PSAs, or jingles).
In the example at right, we have used Event
Builder to drag and drop and assign the 30sec
Spots Virtual Cart that will replace missing
items up to 45 seconds in duration. Virtual Carts
60sec Spots and 2min Spots are used to
replace material of corresponding lengths.
Typically, your third-party Traffic and Music
Scheduling software will ensure that Out-Of-Date
items are not played, so this box is left un-ticked
unless you are using SmartCarts.
Convert Filename Meta-Variables at Deck
Load – When an item is loaded into a playback
Figure 6.12
deck from the program log, the filename will be
searched for date meta-variables and converted to the current date. The following meta-variables can be
used:
%M – Two-digit date for today’s date %Y – Two-digit year for today’s date
%+1M to %+9M – For 1 to 9 days after today %+1Y to %+9Y – For 1 to 9 days after today
%-1M to %-9M – For 1 to 9 days before today %-1Y to %-9Y – For 1 to 9 days before today
%D – Two-digit date for today’s date %Z – Four-digit year for today’s date
%+1D to %+9D – For 1 to 9 days after today %+1Z to %+9Z – For 1 to 9 days after today
%-1D to %-9D – For 1 to 9 days before today %-1Z to %-9Z – For 1 to 9 days before today

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 128
Program Log Settings
Save event play and error info – Simian updates the Program Log play Status and Actual time
columns as each item in the log is reached. An X in the status column indicates that the log item
occurred as expected, while an E (usually with the entire line marked red) indicates that there was an
error. Simian can save this event play and error info with the program log (useful for diagnostics),
otherwise do not check this option.

TIP: To clear the Status and Actual

columns, select Log | Clear all
status information from the main
menu. Alternatively, select a single
item in the log, right-click and select
Figure 6.13
Clear status.
Automatically save log changes – selecting this option will automatically save the program log each
time an item is changed (added, deleted, or moved) rather than using File | Save.
Auto-refresh log when log changed by others – when using a production computer to modify the on air
program log, selecting this option will ensure that the on air log is updated to reflect the changes made by
the other user.
Flash playback deck seconds – Simian’s main playback decks will flash red towards the end of an
audio cut to act as a visual warning. This setting effects how long before the end of a cut that the deck
will start flashing.
Convert all filename meta-variables when loading Program Logs – When a program log is loaded,
any date meta-variables contained in the Filename column will be converted to the current date.
Resolve all carts when loading Program Logs – When a program log is loaded, carts will be removed
from the program log and replaced with their component events.
Restore all previously resolved carts before saving Program Logs – Removes previously resolved
cart elements and restores the original cart events before saving the Program Log.
Clear all status info when loading Program Logs – When a Program Log is loaded, this option will
cause all status info (the Status and Actual Time columns) of all the items in the Program Log to be
cleared. This option is useful if you re-use your Program Logs since any Time-Cued items in a Program
Log that have been marked as played will not be executed again.

Copy & Text Display

Display copy field – select this option to display the copy field embedded inside an audio file.
Set Font & Colors – choose the font and color for the copy display and for any text events in the
program log.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 20
____________________________________________________________________________________

Tools | Program Options –

Categories

Simian can deal with a number of different

events, rather than just audio. These events are
sub-divided into a series of different categories
which can be customized with different colors.
With the popular CBSI/Wicks scheduling
software for example, all events in the traffic log
are hard-coded to a category called WAV which
doesn’t currently exist in Simian and must be
added.
This can be setup from Tools | Program
Options | Categories.
Figure 6.14

Select Add New (as shown in Figure 6.6) to

display the Create New Category window as
shown in Figure 6.7. In the example, we’ve
added the WAV category using “WAV” as the
Letter Code and Audio as the Type of
category. The Description is optional, as are
the Text and Background Colors.

Figure 6.15

Exclude Categories are used with Simian’s HTML Page generator, Stream Encoding data generator,
and Metadata generator. Each custom category you create, along with the default Audio category will be
shown on this list. Checking one of the categories will prevent that category of events from being added
to the HTML, Stream Encoding, and Metadata being generated (when the specific output type has its Use
Exclude Categories option enabled).

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 130
____________________________________________________________________________________

Tools | Program Options –

Paths
Audio file paths are setup in the SoundHound
application as described elsewhere but are
also displayed in the Paths tab of the
Program Options. From here you can also
choose to display these paths as Friendly
Names within Simian.

The following paths are also setup from

within this section of the Program Options:
Audio database – This is where Simian will
look for the database of audio files. For Air
machines, this will be c:\bsi32\audio.mdb. For
production machines, this will be the UNC
path to the audio database on the on air
computer (for example Figure 6.16
\\air\c\bsi32\audio.mdb).
Audio editor - This is the path to your third-party editor. When using Adobe Audition, this is typically
C:\Program Files\Adobe\Audition 1.5\Audition.exe, C:\Program Files\Adobe\Audition 2.0\Audition.exe, or
C:\Program Files\Adobe\Audition 3.0\Audition.exe depending on your version of Adobe Audition.
Program Logs – This is where Simian will look for the Program Logs. For Air machines, this will be
c:\bsi32\logs. For production machines, this will be the UNC path to the Log folder on the on air computer
(for example \\air\c\bsi32\logs).
Log import – When using File | Import Log Simian will look inside this folder for the traffic log from
CBSI/Wicks (or Music Schedule Log etc.)
Text files – Folder for text documents that Simian will display (see Event Builder | Text / Tag feature).
Record Deck #1 default record (select path above) – path for storing recordings made using Simian
Record Deck #1 (default is D:\AUDIO\RECORDINGS)
Record Deck #2 default record (select path above) - path for storing recordings made using Simian
Record Deck #2 (default is D:\AUDIO\RECORDINGS)
Voice Track default record (select path above) – path for storing recordings made using Simian Voice
Track record (default is D:\AUDIO\VTRACKS)
Video files – Using the built-in capability to play video files, Simian will look inside this folder for the video
files. (default c:\bsi32\video)
Trigger Sets – default c:\bsi32\triggers
HotKeys Sets – default c:\bsi32\hotkeys
Serial Sets – default c:\bsi32\serial
Scheduled Event Sets – default c:\bsi32\scheduled

The example in Figure 6.17 shows an

alternative structure for the paths
layout, prefixing each folder name
with the station call letters. This can
be useful in multi-station clusters,
though we prefer to rename the audio
folders audio1, audio2, audio3 for
consistency.

Figure 6.17

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 131
____________________________________________________________________________________
IMPORTANT NOTE: In the example above, we have added the station name to the default folder name.
This is useful when running a network of multiple stations, so that production computers can synchronize
copies of the audio libraries for different machines on the network. We have used the station call letters
here as an example for clarity, you may wish to use FM/AM or 1/2/3 etc.
The Program Settings Storage Location section allows you to configure Simian to use the Windows
Registry to store its settings (the default), or to use an .ini file.
The Windows Registry is preferred as it is quicker and allows for user rights management via Windows.
Ini files allow users with limited access rights to still be able to use Simian and still save preferences.

Tools | Program Options – Events

This tab is used to configure
events that you would like to
execute when Simian starts,
exits, or when the main decks
start, segue or unload events.
Any event can be added to each
event type which can be created
with the Event Builder. This
includes Audio files, Macros, or
even Carts that contain multiple
events.

Figure 6.18

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 132
____________________________________________________________________________________

Tools | Program Options – Log Import

Configuration of import settings is
performed on this tab. For more
in-depth information about how to
configure these settings, see the
section titled Importing and
Merging Logs.

Figure 6.19

Tools | Program Options – FlexTime

The FlexTime tab allows you to
configure PitchShift and
Automatic BackTime settings.
For more information on what the
available functions do, see the
section titled Using PitchShift
and Using BackTime.
The BackTime event cues as
Timed Events option allows you
to have Simian treat BackTime
cued events as timed events.
The Generate BackTime Error
Log option will create a text file
called FlexTime_Error_Log.txt in
your Simian install directory and
log any reasons an error was
encountered when trying to
automatically BackTime your log,
such as there was more audio
than could be squeezed into the
given amount of time given the
maximum shrink percent Figure 6.20
configured.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 133
____________________________________________________________________________________

Tools | Program Options – Email Notifications

The Email Notifications tab
allows you to set up error/event
email notifications so you can be
notified when certain types of
events occur in your automation
when you are away from the radio
station.
The Email Server Settings
section will need to be configured
for your email server. The
settings are determined by your
email service provider. Email
notifications only work with SMTP
email servers that require either
Basic or SPA authentication, or
no authentication.
The Error/Event Email
Notifications section allows you
to choose what types of events
you want to receive email
notifications for. They include
Deck Playback Error / Figure 6.21
AutoReplace Events, Program
Log Modified by User, CHAIN Macro Error During Log Load, Crash Recovery Engaged After
Restart, Normal Application Closure (Simian Closed By User), Program or Hardware Options
Accessed, and Security Options Window Accessed.
You can also send a test email to the specified account by clicking on the Send Test Email button.

Tools | Program Options – HTML

Configure your HTML generator
options here. For more info on
how to set this up, see the section
titled Using Dynamic HTML
Pages.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 134
____________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 6.22

Tools | Program Options – Streaming

Configuration of output data to
your stream encoder via HTTP
calls, along with output data
configuration for Windows Media
Encoder Services is performed
here. For more info on how to
configure these settings, see the
section titled Configuring
Streaming (HTTP Call) Output.

Figure 6.23

Tools | Program Options – Metadata

Configuring the output of PAD
data to your stream encoder,
RDS, HD Transmitter, or other
hardware via UDP or TCP output
is performed here. For more info
on how to configure these
settings, see the section titled
Configuring Metadata (PAD,
UDP/TCP) Output.

Figure 6.24

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 135
____________________________________________________________________________________

Simian Hardware Options

The Simian Hardware Options Window allows you to set up all of the options that you'll need to interface
with your computer's expansion boards and peripherals. You'll find these options under Tools/Hardware
Options.

Playback Tab
These settings are dependent on the kind of
audio card(s) you have installed in your system.
Some Simian functions require a professional
audio device.
Main Deck Assignments – This area allows
you to select which audio devices you would like
to assign to your four playback decks. You have
the option of assigning all available devices to
each individual deck or splitting them up as you
see fit. If you have multiple professional grade
audio cards, it’s usually best to have the decks
alternate between devices on different cards.
Playback Faders & Meters – In this area you
can choose to hide the audio meters that appear Figure 6.25
next to the three main playback decks and control your fader assignments. The Fader & Meter
Assignments button will only show if Simian is using its legacy audio engine on Windows XP or Windows
7 32bit because that version requires you to manually set the fader and meter assignments for your
playback devices. See chapter 3 for more information on configuring these settings. Turning off meters
is a good way to conserve system resources on slower computers. You can also hide the audio scrubber
sliders on the main playback decks here.
Auxiliary Deck Assignments – This is the device to be used when you audition or preview an audio file
in the Play Decks, Event Builder or Info Editor. That is, when you listen to a cut on a separate or auxiliary
channel (connected to studio monitors) while another event is being played on-air.
Voice Track Editor Assignments – These are the assignments that will be used when you are
producing your Voice Tracks, not when you’re actually playing them in the log. During playback in the
Program Log, the regular settings for the main decks are used. To play Voice Tracks in the Voice Track
Editor, you’ll need to assign audio devices to play back the three tracks. You'll need three devices so that
you can overlap audio. The three drop-down lists correspond directly to those three tracks.
Voice Track Ducking – The Duck Ramp and Ducking % features allow you to control the length and
percentage at which the background track(s) are ducked when the VoiceTrack is played back.

Main Deck Segue – allows you to turn the segue

feature on and off, fade the last deck at segue, have
your clocks countdown to segue, reset decks to
default volume level when they load and control the
default segue length. The default segue length is
disregarded if your audio files have intro and
secondary tones. The default segue length also
defines the length of segues that are started by
pressing the space bar. You can also set the “curve”
of the segue’s fade/crossfade by clicking on the Set
Fade Curve button. The window shown in figure
6.26 will appear. By default, segues are simple fade-
outs on the ending cut. Here you can select the
curve of that fade-out, and you can also enable
crossfading so the beginning cut will fade in as well. Figure 6.26

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 136
____________________________________________________________________________________

Record Tab
Recording settings for both the record decks and
the Voice Track recorder are located in the
Record tab of the Tools/Hardware Options
window. Just select the radio button for the
device that you'd like to configure. The record
decks in Simian are designed for use with long-
form files such as network programs. For
commercial production or song recording, you’ll
want to use your audio editor.
Both record decks and the Voice Track Record
function need to be mapped to specific devices on
a specific audio card so that you can make sure
that you’re recording on the same device that you
have hooked up to your audio source. You also
need to specify the formats for your recordings.
The options vary depending on the capabilities of
Figure 6.27
your installed soundcards and also weather Sim-
ian is using its legacy audio engine on Windows XP/7 32bit, or using its new audio engine on Windows 7
64bit or Windows 8 or later. Once again, a professional grade sound card will give you the most options
and highest quality.
See Chapter 3 for further details on setting up your record deck settings.

Hardware Tab
This tab allows you to configure the way that
Simian interacts with Switcher Kits, Triggers Kits
and the keyboard.
Incoming Triggers – You can define and test
Triggers here. For more information, check out the
Configuring Triggers section in Chapter 3.
Accept Forwarded IP Triggers – If you want
your instance of Simian to respond to a trigger
device that another copy of Simian is physically
connected to, enable this option and enter the port
that other instance of Simian is sending IP triggers
to.
Forward Triggers to IP Address – This function
is the opposite side of the above Accept
Forwarded IP Triggers function. With this option
enabled, any trigger your instance of Simian
receives will also be forwarded to the entered IP Figure 6.28
address and port.

Generate Incoming Trigger Log – To log all incoming triggers in a text log, enable this option. Logs are
generated into the Trigger Logs folder in C:\BSI32\ with a file name of Trigger_Log_[DATE].txt (where
[DATE] is the date that log was generated).
Switcher – You can define your Switcher (GPI) device here.
Keyboard – Here you can define how Simian will react to common keyboard inputs, including the
spacebar and escape key. Check out the Configuring Relays section of chapter 3 for more information.
Disable Enter key action – Simply disables your Enter key.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 137
____________________________________________________________________________________

Serial Com Tab

Information can be both sent to and received
from external devices using your serial port. Use
the Serial window (under Async/Serials/Edit
Sets on the main Simian menu bar) to define the
character string(s) you want to listen for. To
enter a string, choose Edit/Insert Event and a
window will open that asks, "What string do you
want to watch for?" You can also use the
SERIAL macro command (in the Event Builder)
to send commands such as "START" and
"STOP" to other devices. These macros go right
in the log and can be cued like any other event.

The information needed to set up serial

communications on this tab is available from
your peripheral’s manufacturer. Here’s a quick
overview: Figure 6.29

Port — Choose your preferred communication port setting. Valid options are COM1 through COM4.
Baud Rate — Choose the baud rate. Valid rates range from 300 to 28,800.
Parity — Choose the parity setting. This is the method of byte validation. Valid options are Even, Odd,
Mark, or Space.
Data Bits — Choose the data bit transfer rate. Valid options are 4 through 8.
Stop Bits — Choose the stop bit rate. Valid options are 1, 1.5 and 2.
Flow Control — Choose the flow control setting. Valid options are Hardware, None, XOn/XOff, and Both
Hardware and XOn/XOff.
Input Terminator — Choose CR (Carriage Return), LF (Line Feed), or CR/LF.
Output Terminator — Choose CR, LF or CR/LF.
DTR — This is a non-standard hardware-level option that is sometimes required by an external device.
This option is normally set for Low (Disabled).
RTS — This is a non-standard hardware-level option that is sometimes required by an external device.
This option is normally set for Low (Disabled).

Network Tab
The Network tab contains options to configure a connection to a Simian Gateway to allow the Simian
Remote for PC and the Simian Remote for iPad to connect to your Simian system. It also contains the
settings for Incoming TCP/IP or UDP Meta-Data Control, which allows Simian to be controlled by text
information, such as PAD data, to control your instance of Simian, such as when you want to replace
Station IDs or advertisements based on meta data received from another instance of Simian, or other
automation system.

Enabling The Remote Gateway Connection

The Simian Gateway application requires a connection to your instance of Simian via TCP/IP. You must
configure and enable these settings before the Simian Gateway will be able to connect to your instance of
Simian. The Simian Gateway is the remote connection management application that Simian Remote
applications connect through. Simian Remote clients cannot connect directly to an instance of Simian,
they must connect through the Simian Gateway application.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 138
____________________________________________________________________________________

To configure the Remote Gateway Connection

settings, click on the Enable Remote Gateway
Connection option so that the fields become
available for modification.
The Connection Password is the password your
instance of Simian will require for a Simian
Gateway application to connect (this is NOT the
password the remote users will use to connect
through the Simian Gateway).
The TCP Port field needs a valid, available port
number between 1024 and 65,535 for the Simian
Gateway to connect to. This port will not be the
port the Simian Remote clients connect to.
The Data Refresh Rate dropdown determines the
playback deck update cycle speed from Simian to Figure 6.30
the Simian Gateway. If you are running the Simian Gateway application on the same system as Simian,
you can usually set this dropdown to Fast or Very Fast. If you are running the Simian Gateway on a
separate machine, you can experiment with the speed based on your network speed and how much of
your network’s bandwidth you want to use (on a gigabit network, even the Very Fast option is a very small
percentage of your network’s bandwidth).

Enabling Incoming MetaData Control

Incoming MetaData control is equivalent in concept to Simian’s hardware based GPI triggers, except that
it responds to ASCII text received via TCP/IP or UDP. There are 30 available “Watch Strings”, which are
the text keywords (or key-sentences, if you will) that Simian will watch for and react as you desire. You
can set Simian to perform any macro, audio file, or any other type of event when it detects your keyword.
To enter a Watch String, simply type your required text into the Watch String field for an available event
line. To assign a function to that watch string, create your desired event in the Event Builder and then
drag and drop it into the Function field.
You can switch the logic of your watch string by setting the When Present/When Not Present dropdown
for your watch string event.

Incoming IP Address Filters

If your Simian system(s) and/or MetaData servers are set up with static IP addresses, you can enable the
Incoming IP Address Filter function. You can configure specific IP addresses that Simian will allow to
open a connection with so that non-authorized IP address will not be allowed to connect. Simply enable
the filter type you want to engage, then click on the Set IP Filters button. You will be presented with a
window to enter your allowed IP addresses. Note that the IP addresses are exact-match only, no wild
cards are available.

Connector Tab
The Connector tab allows you to link third party hardware
with Simian’s play deck and other user interface functions.
Several Simian Hardware Connector applications are
available from BSI, including GatesAir Oasis consoles and
Axia products.
See Chapter 3 for a walkthrough of how to set up these
settings. Contact BSI or visit www.bsiusa.com for available
Hardware Connector installers.
Figure 6.31

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 139
____________________________________________________________________________________

Weather Information

Figure 6.32
The Weather Information window displays the
current conditions and the weather forecast. To
view this window, go to the Tools menu and
choose Weather Info, or you can press Ctrl + W
on your keyboard, or you can also click on the
weather info display at the top of Simian’s main
user interface (as shown above the main
playback decks in Figure 6.32) You will be
presented with the window shown in Figure 6.33.
The weather information in Simian is obtained
from the Simian Weather Utility, which runs in the
background on your system. To configure your
weather and forecast settings, double click on the
Simian Weather Utility icon (as shown in figure
6.34) in the Windows System Tray in the lower
right corner by the system clock. On the window
that pops up, go to the Current Weather tab and Figure 6.33
click on the Weather Settings button. As shown
in figure 6.35, select the Weather Information
Service Profile you wish to use, then enter the
required information for that service. Go to the
Forecast tab and click on the Select Zone Code
button as shown in figure 6.36. You will be
presented with a list for you to choose your US
State (only USA forecasts supported). On the
Program Settings tab, as shown in figure 6.37,
you can choose how often the current weather
and forecast information is downloaded. Figure 6.34

Figure 6.35 Figure 6.36 Figure 6.37

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 140
____________________________________________________________________________________

Manual Metadata

Figure 6.38: The Manual Metadata window allows you to manually output HTML/HTTP/TCP/UDP/Serial data for events that don’t
originate from automation.

For users who would like meta data to show up on their Dynamic HTML page or be sent via the
Metadata(TCP/UDP output), Stream Encoder data (HTTP call data), or serial data, and be logged to the
Event Logs, the Manual Metadata window is available. This function is perfect for stations that have
morning talk shows, non-automation music shows (the music source might be vinyl, or live music, for
instance), donation shows, among others.

Setup
Dynamic HTML, Metadata, and Stream Encoding output uses the same configuration as has been set up
in the HTML, Metadata, and Streaming tabs of Simian’s Hardware Options.
Serial data output is configured by clicking on the Configure Serial Output button. If you are using a
SERIAL macro to output meta data to a serial based RDS encoder or other device, you can use your
same serial command here. The same meta-variables used with the SERIAL macro are used here.
Each field in the Manual Metadata window can be set to a default. The default entry for each field will be
used if that field is left blank when the Send Data Now button is clicked. To set your default fields, type
text into the desired fields for your default entries and click on the Set Current as Default button. All
entries will replace the current default entries as their defaults. To erase all default entries, click on the
Reset Defaults button.
If you would like the data you send to be included in your Event Logs, enable the Add Sent Data to the
Event Log option. This is useful for stations that play non-automation music that they need to log for
licensing purposes.

Usage
To output data, simply enter the data you wish to send into the available fields and click on the Send
Data Now button. Your data will be sent out your configured Dynamic HTML page(s), Metadata
(TCP/UDP data), Stream Encoder (HTTP Call) output, and Serial output.
If you have Simian configured to show Album Art, the Manual Metadata function will try to find any
matching album art picture files based on the Artist and Album data you entered. If it does not find any
Album Art, it’ll show your station logo instead.
To clear all the fields, click on the Clear Fields button.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 141
____________________________________________________________________________________

Language Editor

6.39: The Language Editor allows you to modify any menu name, text, description, or error message from its default English.

For non-English Simian users, the Language Editor is offered. You can change the text on any button,
label, menu, description, error message, etc..

Setup
To access the Language Editor, go to the Window menu in Simian and choose Security. You will be
prompted to log in before being able to access the User Security window. On the Menus tab of the User
Security window, click on the Modify Language Options button. You will be presented with the window
shown in Figure 6.39 above.
The Language Editor is organized with tabs for each major section, and a general tab for lesser sections.
You will notice that some fields have a grey background. This indicates that a particular field is repeated
in multiple screens. Editing an entry in one of these fields will also update any of the repeated fields by
that same name.
On the General tab, you can choose to use the default English entries (without effecting your
customizations), or use your Custom Language Options. The Reset All Fields to Default button will
erase all customized fields and reset them back to their default English entries.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 142
____________________________________________________________________________________

Appendix

Macros
Macro commands are among the most powerful features of Simian which allow you to easily control many
of Simian’s functions automatically.
Unlike Macros in other programs (that work by making you ‘record’ different sequences of keystrokes),
Simian uses a series of different ‘keywords’ to control various aspects of your automation system. Thus,
the process is much easier to understand and operate – especially as the keywords are available from a
drop down list box!
Once you’ve entered any required options or parameters to the end of the Macro Keyword (typically,
these are separated by commas), the completed Macro Command Line can easily be ‘drag and dropped’
from Event Builder and added to the Program Log, Scheduled Events, Triggers, Serial Sets, HotKeys, or
placed within Carts in exactly the same way as you’d add audio events to a Cart.
If you’re already a Macro expert, then there’s no need to scroll through the drop-down list box, you can
simply write your Macro Command Line into the box then drag and drop it. (This is also the only way to
enter any ‘hidden’ Macros that do not appear in the drop down list).
The Macros are listed on the ‘Macro’ tab of Event Builder and are described more fully in the following
pages of this manual.
Although easy to use, some Macros can use several different optional parameters. If you
find that you are using the same Macro repeatedly, or would like to give the Macro a clearer
description, we suggest that you create a Virtual Cart and enter the Macro into the cart. The
Macro will run in the same way but the Virtual Cart allows you to assign a more meaningful
description of what you’re using the Macro for. The Virtual Cart can then be easily drag and
dropped wherever it’s needed.
In the following pages, the MACRO NAME is shown in BOLD CAPITALS.
Any additional COMPULSORY COMMANDS or PARAMETERS are shown in UPPER CASE ITALICS. If
the COMMANDS and/or PARAMETERS are optional, they will be contained within [SQUARE
BRACKETS].
Required customer parameters are shown in lower case italics
Multiple options are separated / by / slashes
Where you need to enter additional information about the Macro, details are usually separated by a
comma symbol ‘,’.
Don’t worry if that sounds a little complicated, we’ve added Examples and Descriptions for all the Macros
available and useful TIPS on how to get the most out of each of the Macros too.
As Macro documentation and examples are currently under review, please check that you have the latest
version of this document:
(Simian 2.1 Pro Macros – Doc Rev 2.1.1)
ADDEVENT
Allows you to add a (one off) event to the program log at the Sec Tone or End of the currently
playing deck, or when the next deck Starts playing. The Additional Event can be an audio file,
virtual cart or Macro command.
The ADDEVENT Macro would normally be assigned to an incoming trigger.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 143
____________________________________________________________________________________
(Continued next page)
SYNTAX

ADDEVENT SECTONE/END/START, AUDIO/CART/MACRO, command

EXAMPLES

ADDEVENT SECTONE, MACRO, RELAY 1,100

Your EAS unit sends an alert pulse to an incoming trigger, but rather than interrupt programming
immediately, you play the announcement at the end of the audio playing by sending a relay
command to your EAS unit.
ADDEVENT SECTONE, CART, GO2_GAME
To insert a Live Game report from a remote location using the CircuitWerkes DR-10, first you dial
into your DR-10 and send a trigger pulse to Simian. A cart (GO2_GAME) is assigned to that
trigger, containing the following sequence to play a jingle and put the DR-10 to air.
AUTOMATION ASSIST
+ jingle.wav
+ MIXVOLUME 1,100
On a second trigger pulse from the DR-10, you’d have another cart to restart automation
+ MIXVOLUME 1,0
+ AUTOMATION FULL
+ STARTNEXT

ALLSTOP
The equivalent of pressing an ‘Emergency Stop’ button - use with care!
If AUTOMATION is ON, then Simian will step to the next event to play.
SYNTAX & EXAMPLE
ALLSTOP (no variables necessary)
AUTOMATION
Selects the different Automation modes (has the same effect as pressing the Automation mode
button.
SYNTAX

AUTOMATION OFF / ASSIST / FULL

EXAMPLES

AUTOMATION OFF
Turns off automation
AUTOMATION FULL
Selects FULL automation mode
AUTOMATION ASSIST
TIP
You can assign the different AUTOMATION macros to different hotkeys (to save having to cycle
through the opens using the automation mode button).
Add an AUTOMATION FULL Macro as a scheduled event at the end of your live programming to
ensure your automation system runs while the station is unattended.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 144
____________________________________________________________________________________
CHAIN
Loads a new Program Log with optional meta-variables to automatically work out the next day’s
log.
CHAIN replaces the older LOG Macro as it is more versatile and can be run as a scheduled event
once a day rather than being added to every Program Log.
SYNTAX

CHAIN LogName [,NORELOAD] [,DefaultLogName]

The LogName can be the full name of your log (excluding the .bsi extension) or for more
versatility can contain any of the following meta-variables which Simian will substitute for the
correct values each time the macro is run. If there is an error loading the specified log, the
CHAIN macro will attempt to open the log “Default.bsi” if it exists in your log directory. ALL
VARIABLES ARE BASED ON THE FOLLOWING DAY’S DATE WHEN CURRENT SYSTEM
TIME IS BETWEEN NOON AND MIDNIGHT, AND TODAY’S DATE WHEN CURRENT SYSTEM
TIME IS BETWEEN MIDNIGHT AND NOON.
%M – 2 digit month %W – 3 letter day of week
%D – 2 digit day %T – for DATE based on MMDDYY
%Y – 2 digit year %X – Converts to “WKD” on weekdays, “SAT” on
%Z – 4 digit year Saturdays, and “SUN” on Sundays.
NORELOAD – This optional parameter prevents the current log being reloaded in case of error
DefaultLogName – This optional parameter will load a specified default program log (meta
variables can be used) if the log specified by LogName cannot be loaded. If the log specified by
DefaultLogName can’t be loaded, “Default.bsi” will be loaded.
EXAMPLES

CHAIN %W, MyDefault

Loads tomorrow’s program log based on the 3 letter day of the week (i.e. mon.bsi, tue.bsi,
wed.bsi, thu.bsi, fri.bsi, sat.bsi, sun.bsi). If that log can’t be found, the log “MyDefault.bsi” will be
loaded.
CHAIN %D%M%Y, NORELOAD, MyDefault
Loads tomorrow’s program log based on the Day, Month and Year (i.e. 060205.bsi, 060305.bsi
etc.). If that log can’t be found, the log “MyDefault.bsi” will be loaded.
You can also add a prefix or suffix to the variables (or even in the middle). If you have multiple
stations you might use:
CHAIN FM%D%M%Z, NORELOAD
CHAIN AM%D%M%Z, NORELOAD
CHAIN KBSI%D%M%Z, NORELOAD
CHAIN KUGN%D%M%Z, NORELOAD
This will load program logs for tomorrow based on the format FM06022005.bsi, AM0602005.bsi,
KBSI0602005.bsi and KUGN0602005.bsi
In the above four examples, there is a 4 digit year because we used the %Z variable).
TIP
Enter the CHAIN Macro as a Scheduled Event once only. It is most commonly run at 23:59:50
every night. Depending on the time of day, it will either load the log for tomorrow (when the
macro is run between noon and midnight), or today (when the macro is run between midnight and
noon). Set once and forget

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 145
____________________________________________________________________________________
CLEARSTATUS
Clears all status information in the currently loaded Program Log (the X or E in the Status column
and the time from the Actual Time column). This allows previously used Program Logs to
execute timed events again where the Save Event Play & Error Info setting would have marked
them as already played.
SYNTAX & EXAMPLE
CLEARSTATUS (no variables necessary)

COMPACTDATABASE
Refreshes and rebuilds the audio database (usually c:\bsi32\audio.mdb). This will reduce the
size of the database if there have been a high number of refreshes since the last
COMPACTDATABASE which will help to improve access speed.
SYNTAX & EXAMPLE
COMPACTDATABASE (no variables required)
TIP
Run once a day as a Scheduled Event. This is best done during a quiet automated period as the
Event Builder is not available for a short time while the Macro is running.
COMPACTHEAP
Attempts to free up unused memory which reduces Windows total memory usage and enables
Simian to run longer between reboots.
SYNTAX & EXAMPLE
COMPACTHEAP (no variables required)
TIP
Schedule the COMPACTHEAP Macro to run once a day (as a Scheduled Event).
COUNTDOWN
Performs a countdown in the Play Deck as if an audio file was being played(does not affect
triggers, hotkeys, or other asynchronous events). Can be canceled by the ESCAPE key or STOP
button. Useful for keeping track of satellite broadcast segments.
SYNTAX

COUNTDOWN Seconds
EXAMPLE

COUNTDOWN 120
Will cause the deck to count down for 120 seconds.
NOTE: While a countdown is greater than 3600 seconds (1 hour), the display resolution of the
clock is in hours and minutes

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 146
____________________________________________________________________________________
DECKFADE
Fades up or down the specified play deck(s) over a specified period of time.
SYNTAX

DECKFADE DECK#/ALL/CURRENT, START%/CURRENT, END%, MS, UNLOAD/STOP,

[RETURN] (this command is all typed on one line but is split here to show the options)

DECK# - the play deck number, ALL (all 3 play decks) or CURRENT (the currently playing deck).
START% - the start volume level. Usually you will enter CURRENT for the current volume, but
you can specify a fade to start anywhere from 100 to 0 (full volume to mute)
END% - the end volume level. Usually 0 being mute, but fades can go up as well as down to any
value between 0 and 100.
MS – duration of fade in milliseconds
UNLOAD – unloads the deck that was playing
STOP – stops the deck that was playing
RETURN – this optional parameter returns the volume level to the original value.
EXAMPLES

DECKFADE ALL, 100,0,5000,UNLOAD,RETURN

DECKFADE CURRENT, CURRENT,0,20000,STOP,RETURN

DECKVOLUME
Sets the volume level of the specified play deck.
SYNTAX

DECKVOLUME #,%
# - the play deck # (1, 2 or 3), CURRENT, NEXT or LAST
% - the volume level where 100 is full and 0 is mute
EXAMPLES

DECKVOLUME 1,80
DECKVOLUME NEXT,50
DECKVOLUME CURRENT,80
DECKVOLUME CURRENT,100
TIP
Using this Macro in a cart is an easy way to have a HOTKEY automatically ‘duck’ the level of the
currently playing deck.
DECKVOLUME CURRENT,80
+ filename
+ DECKVOLUME ALL, 100

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 147
____________________________________________________________________________________
DELAYEXECUTE
Delays the execution of a macro or audio file for a specified length of time.
SYNTAX

DELAYEXECUTE [ATTIME], Time, Category, Filename/Macro Description

When the ATTIME variable is included, the Time variable is a specific time on the clock (IE:
12:00:00 will execute the specified event at noon regardless of when the DELAYEXECUTE
macro is actually run.).
With the ATTIME variable omitted, the Time variable is a length of time (e.g.: 3:00 will delay the
execution of the specified event for three minutes from when the DELAYEXECUTE macro is run).
The Category variable can be either AUDIO to execute audio files, or MACRO to run a macro.
The Filename/Macro Description variable will be the file name of an audio file (without path or file
extension) if the Category variable was specified as AUDIO, or it will be a full MACRO description
(with that macro’s particular variables) if the Category variable was specified as MACRO.
EXAMPLES

DELAYEXECUTE 3:00, MACRO, RECORD START, 1, NEWS1, 5:00

The RECORD macro specifies that a 5 minute recording will start on record deck 1 and will be
given a file name of “NEWS1”. Since this macro is “stacked” behind the DELAYEXECUTE
macro, and it specifies 3:00 (without the ATTIME variable), the recording won’t start until three
minutes have elapsed from the time the DELAYEXECUTE macro is executed.
DELAYEXECUTE ATTIME, 13:00:00, MACRO, CHAIN ballgame
When the above macro is run, since the ATTIME variable is included, the Time variable is
interpreted as a specific time on the clock (as opposed to a delay amount), so the CHAIN macro
that is “stacked” behind it will be run at noon, which will load a program log called “ballgame”.
TIP
Use this macro to delay the start of a multi-part record until the end of a break when you only
have start-of-break closures provided by your satellite show’s originator or execute any macro
you want to run after a specified delay.
ENTERKEY
Duplicates the behavior of the keyboard ENTER key. This Macro should only be used in Trigger,
Hotkey and Serial sets (never in the main program log).
In LIVE ASSIST mode this would load the currently highlighted event into a deck.
In FULL AUTOMATION mode this would load the currently highlighted event into a deck and start
playing it.
SYNTAX & EXAMPLE
ENTERKEY (no variables required)

EXITSIMIAN
Exits the Simian application, and also allows you to save changes to the log and engage the
Crash Recovery feature so that Simian will open up and start playing at the same point in the
program log.

(Continued next page)

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 148
____________________________________________________________________________________
SYNTAX

EXITSIMIAN [RECOVER] [,SAVE/DONTSAVE]

With no variables included, the EXITSIMIAN macro behaves in the exact same manner as going
to the File menu and choosing Exit. If changes have been made to the Program Log and not
saved, you will be prompted to save changes.
The RECOVER optional variable will engage Crash Recovery if it has been enabled in your
Program Options configuration. This means that the next time you open Simian, it will load the
previously open Program Log, and also start playing at the last position in the Program Log.
Including the optional SAVE variable will save any changes made to the log before exiting
Simian, and it will also suppress any Save or Exit pop-up confirmations before exiting. The
DONTSAVE optional variable can be used instead of the SAVE variable, and will discard all
changes to the currently open Program Log before exiting.
EXAMPLES
EXITSIMIAN
EXITSIMIAN DONTSAVE
EXITSIMIAN RECOVER, SAVE

FILECOPY
Copies a Source File to a Destination
SYNTAX

FILECOPY SourceFileName, DestinationFileName

Filenames must include the full path to the file
The SourceFileName and DestinationFileName variables can be a full path as entered, or for
more versatility can contain any of the following meta-variables which Simian will substitute for
the correct values each time the macro is run. ALL VARIABLES ARE BASED ON THE
CURRENT DAY’S DATE
%DDD% - three letter day of week [Ex: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun]
%MM% - month [Ex: 01=January, 02=February, etc.]
%DD% - day [Ex: 01 through 31]
%YY% - two-digit year [Ex: 08 for 2008]
%YYYY% - four-digit year [Ex: 2008, 2009, 2010, etc.]
%HH% - current hour [24 hour cycle, Ex: 23 for 11:00pm]
%TODAY% - returns date in the following format mmddyy
%TOMORROW% - returns tomorrow's date in the following format mmddyy
%TIME% - returns the current time of the start of the recording (EX: 22:30:45)
%TIME% - returns the current time of the start of the recording (EX: 22:30:45)
EXAMPLES

FILECOPY D:\AUDIO\SPOTS\%DDD%.wav, D:\AUDIO\SPOTS\today.wav

FILECOPY C:\BSI32\TIMES\header1.wav, C:\BSI32\TIMES\header.wav
TIP
Can be used to automatically ‘update’ a spot or other audio event automatically (from scheduled
events, or as an event within a cart) or to change the c:\bsi32\times\header.wav file to
have a different introduction each time SAYTIME is used.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 149
____________________________________________________________________________________
FILEDELETE
Deletes a specified filename
SYNTAX

FILEDELETE FileName
FileName must include the full path to the file
The FileName variable can be a full path as entered, or for more versatility can contain any of the
following meta-variables which Simian will substitute for the correct values each time the macro is
run. ALL VARIABLES ARE BASED ON THE CURRENT DAY’S DATE
%DDD% - three letter day of week [Ex: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun]
%MM% - month [Ex: 01=January, 02=February, etc.]
%DD% - day [Ex: 01 through 31]
%YY% - two-digit year [Ex: 08 for 2008]
%YYYY% - four-digit year [Ex: 2008, 2009, 2010, etc.]
%HH% - current hour [24 hour cycle, Ex: 23 for 11:00pm]
%TODAY% - returns date in the following format mmddyy
%TOMORROW% - returns tomorrow's date in the following format mmddyy
%TIME% - returns the current time of the start of the recording (EX: 22:30:45)
EXAMPLES

FILEDELETE D:\AUDIO\SPOTS\WEEKEND.WAV
FILEDELETE D:\AUDIO\LINERS\PROMO07.WAV

FILLSCHEDULEDTIMES
Rebuilds the times listed in the Scheduled column of the program log based on any timed events,
and the lengths of the events in the program log.
SYNTAX
FILLSCHEDULEDTIMES

FLEXTIME
Sets the current FlexTime mode, using the parameters setup in:
Tools | Program Options | FlexTime
SYNTAX

FLEXTIME OFF/PITCH/BACKTIME
EXAMPLES

FLEXTIME OFF
FLEXTIME PITCH
FLEXTIME BACKTIME

FTP
Connects to remote FTP server and performs the FTP GET or PUT functions.
NOTE: This macro’s functionality has changed from previous versions of Simian. Simian no
longer requires separate CONNECT, GET/PUT, and DISCONNECT macros. Only a single
macro of the new style is required to upload or download files. The older style of FTP macros will
(Continued next page)

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 150
____________________________________________________________________________________
not be covered here since it is now recommended to use the new FTP macro style since it
automatically takes care of all the connect/wait/transfer/wait/disconnect “leg-work” for you.
SYNTAX
FTP [GET/PUT], Server, Port, Account, Password,
Local File Path, Remote File Path [, PASSIVE]
The Local File Path and Remote File Path variables can be a full path as entered, or for more
versatility can contain any of the following meta-variables which Simian will substitute for the
correct values each time the macro is run. ALL VARIABLES ARE BASED ON THE CURRENT
DAY’S DATE
%DDD% - three letter day of week [Ex: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun]
%MM% - month [Ex: 01=January, 02=February, etc.]
%DD% - day [Ex: 01 through 31]
%YY% - two-digit year [Ex: 08 for 2008]
%YYYY% - four-digit year [Ex: 2008, 2009, 2010, etc.]
%HH% - current hour [24 hour cycle, Ex: 23 for 11:00pm]
%TODAY% - returns date in the following format mmddyy
%TOMORROW% - returns tomorrow's date in the following format mmddyy
%TIME% - returns the current time of the start of the recording (EX: 22:30:45)
EXAMPLES

FTP PUT, ftp.mysite.com, 21, myuser, mypassword,

c:\bsi32\webpage.html, /public_html/nowplaying.htm, PASSIVE
The above macro will connect to ftp://ftp.mysite.com, on port 21 (the default FTP port) and log in
with a username of “myuser” and password of “mypassword”. The file “webpage.html” from the
C:\bsi32 folder will be uploaded into the root directory for the user in the subfolder /public_html/
and named as “nowplaying.htm”. Since the PASSIVE command is included, the FTP server will
be connected to in Passive mode.

FTP GET, ftp.mysite.com, 21, myuser, mypassword

d:\audio\vtracks\forecast.mp3, /audio/weather/midday.mp3
This version of the FTP macro will connect to ftp://ftp.mysite.com on port 21 (again, the default
FTP connection port) and log in with the username “myuser” and password “mypassword. The
file “midday.mp3” from the user’s subfolder /audio/weather/ will be downloaded and saved into
the “d:\audio\vtracks\” folder and named “forecast.mp3”. Since there is no command for
“PASSIVE” at the end of this macro, the FTP server will be connected to in standard mode.

(Continued next page)

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 151
____________________________________________________________________________________
GETFORECAST
This macro retrieves the current weather forecast from the specified .ini file path. If using multiple
instances of the Simian Weather Utility, you can use this macro to switch between their outputs.
SYNTAX

GETFORECAST FILENAME
Filename is the path and filename to a local .ini file containing the following information:
[FORECAST]
COPYRIGHT=
COPYRIGHTURL=
DATA=
EXAMPLES

GETFORECAST c:\bsi32\Forecast.ini
TIP
Older versions of Simian accessed forecast information in a different fashion, so this macro’s
structure was a bit different than above and supported options that are no longer available. If you
are upgrading from an older version of Simian to Simian 2.3 or later, you will need to remove your
previous GETWEATHER macros as they no longer apply.
GETWEATHER
This macro retrieves the current weather conditions from the specified .ini file path. If using
multiple instances of the Simian Weather Utility, you can use this macro to switch between their
outputs.
SYNTAX

GETWEATHER FILENAME
Filename is the path and filename to a local .ini file containing the following information:
[Weather]
Temp=
Conditions=
Visibility=
Winds=
Pressure=
Humidity=
Dewpoint=
Time=
City=
State=
EXAMPLES

GETWEATHER c:\bsi32\Weather.ini
TIP
Older versions of Simian accessed weather information in a different fashion, so this macro’s
structure was a bit different than above and supported options that are no longer available. If you
are upgrading from an older version of Simian to Simian 2.3 or later, you will need to remove your
previous GETWEATHER macros as they no longer apply.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 152
____________________________________________________________________________________
GOTO
Moves to a specified position in the program log based on scheduled time or the description field
of a COMMENT Macro and makes that event ‘next to play’. The optional NOW parameter has
the same effect as a timed immediate event.
SYNTAX

GOTO TIME, hh:mm:ss/CURRENT, [NOW] or

GOTO label, [NOW]
EXAMPLES

GOTO TIME, 06:00:00, NOW

Moves the program log to the first event with a scheduled time at or after 6am. This
Macro will have no effect if there are no Scheduled times entered in the Program Log.

GOTO TIME, CURRENT, NOW

Moves the program log to the first event with a scheduled time at or after the time at
which the Macro was executed. (This Macro can be used to advance the log to the
current time of day when first opened.)
GOTO rockshow, NOW
GOTO end-of-game, NOW
Moves the program log to the line that says REM rockshow or REM end-of-game
HOTKEY
Plays a specified HotKey (never run this Macro FROM a HotKey).
SYNTAX

HOTKEY HOTKEY#
EXAMPLE

HOTKEY 5
Plays HotKey # 5 of the currently loaded HotKey set.
HTMLTEXT
Allows you to dynamically replace user defined tags in the HTML template file with user defined
text in the HTML destination file without having to edit the entire page.
Tags are entered in the template file as <!--usertag--> and are thus in a static position.
SYNTAX

HTMLTEXT usertag, usertext

NOTE: Since Simian uses the comma to parse macro meta variables, if you desire to use a
comma in the usertext, the HTML code for a comma ("&#44", without the quotes) must
be used instead so that it is parsed correctly.

(Continued next page)

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 153
____________________________________________________________________________________
EXAMPLES

HTMLTEXT usertag, My Text To Replace The Tag

Replaces <!--usertag--> in the template HTML file with ‘My Text To Replace The
Tag’ in the destination HTML file
HTMLTEXT othertag, Text To Replace Other Tag&#44 including a comma
Replaces <!--anothertag--> in the template HTML file with ‘My Text To Replace
Another Tag’ in the destination HTML file
HTMLTEXT usertag or HTMLTEXT anothertag
clears the replaced tag in the destination HTML file
TIPS
To illustrate the possibilities, the following examples are extreme!
Add <!--alarm--> to your template HTML file. Then, wire your station’s intruder (or other)
alarm to one of Simian’s incoming triggers with the following Macro assigned to that trigger.
HTMLTEXT <!--alarm-->, <B>Our building has been broken into&#44 please dial
911</B>
HTMLTEXT <!--alarm-->, <B>We apologize for the dead-air&#44 please page our
engineer on xxx-xxxx to fix the problem</B>
Or, you could add <!--jockinfo--> to your template HTML file and allow your staff to
alter that line of text on the web site. For example:
HTMLTEXT <!--jockinfo-->, <I>Call me now for a chance to win!</I>

HTTPOUT
Outputs a user created HTTP request. This macro will NOT open a web page, as no browser is
opened.
This macro is used in conjunction (or instead of) the built in Streaming Metadata function to send
static HTTP request type data. This macro could be used to update your stream encoder or RDS
with info for a live show or satellite show where audio file song and title data isn’t available.
SYNTAX

HTTPOUT urlstring
EXAMPLE

HTTPOUT http://192.168.1.90:8001/admin.cgi/metadata?pass=
mypass&mode=updinfo&song=KBSI%20-%20 Morning%20Show
NOTE: Some devices/encoders require encoded HTML, this means that codes are used instead
of some characters. For SPACE, type in %20 and for COMMA use &#44.
NOTE: The HTTPOUT macro does not use the %PASSWORD% or %USERNAME% meta
variables, for this reason, if your string requires a password or username it must be
entered literally into the URL used.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 154
____________________________________________________________________________________
IFNOTEXCLUDED
If the event currently playing in one of the three main playback decks of Simian is not a member
of an excluded category (see Exclude Categories), the audio file, Macro, or Application will be run
as normal. If the currently playing event is a member of an excluded category, the event
specified in this macro will be ignored. If nothing is playing, this macro will run the specified event
as normal. If more than one of the main decks is currently playing, the deck last started will be
used for the exclude category.
SYNTAX

IFNOTEXCLUDED [Event Type], Command/Filename

Event Type is an optional parameter and ca be AUDIO for audio file names, MACRO for
macro commands, or APPLICATION for executable names (with full path specified). If it
is not included, the event Command/Filename is assumed to be an audio file name.
EXAMPLES
IFNOTEXCLUDED myaudiofile
This would play the audio file “myaudiofile.wav” (or .mp3) in the async deck if the
currently playing audio file was not an excluded category.
IFNOTEXCLUDED MACRO, SERIALOPT 2, %ARTIST% - %TITLE%
The above example would run the SERIALOPT macro if the currently playing deck’s
audio file was not a member of the Exclude Categories. This particular macro is very
useful for outputting meta-data to an RDS or HD exciter when each log item starts when
the macro is placed into the Additional Event when a Main Deck STARTS line on the
Events tab of Simian’s Program Options.
IFNOTEXCLUDED APPLICATION, C:\Program Files\ My Program\myexe.exe
The executable “myexe.exe” will be run if the currently playing audio file in Simian’s main
decks is not a member of the Exclude Categories.
IGNOREINTRO
Toggles automatic “Intro WalkOver” protection option in Spyglass Diagnostic’s Expert tab.
SYNTAX

IGNOREINGRO on/off
EXAMPLES

IGNOREINTRO on
Intro protection is disabled, intro lengths are ignored. Playback always starts at the
Segue marker.
IGNOREINTRO off
Protection is enabled and playback of the next deck will be held until the time left of the
event ending is less than the intro time of the next event.
IMPORTLOG
Imports an ASCII text file using the default Traffic Log Import filter and creates and loads the file
as a Program Log if that options has been selected in the Import Filter. Simian can dynamically
generate the filename using the meta variables listed below. (See also the SORTLOGBYTIME
Macro).

(Continued next page)

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 155
____________________________________________________________________________________
You can also specify the Log Import Filter to use, by adding the optional MUSIC, TRAFFIC or
ALTERNATE parameter after the filename.
SYNTAX

IMPORTLOG FILENAME.EXT,[TRAFFIC/MUSIC/ALTERNATE]
TRAFFIC/MUSIC/ALTERNATE – selects the Import filter to use (default is Traffic)
FILENAME.EXT – is the full filename including file extension of the ASCII file to import (usually
.log, .txt etc.). By default, this file should be in the c:\bsi32\import folder.
The filename can include any of the following meta-variables which Simian will substitute for the
correct values each time the macro is run. ALL VARIABLES ARE BASED ON THE
FOLLOWING DAY’S DATE
%DDD% - three letter day of week [Ex: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun]
%MM% - month [Ex: 01=January, 02=February, etc.]
%DD% - day [Ex: 01 through 31]
%YY% - two-digit year [Ex: 08 for 2008]
%YYYY% - four-digit year [Ex: 2008, 2009, 2010, etc.]
%HH% - current hour [24 hour cycle, Ex: 23 for 11:00pm]
%TODAY% - returns date in the following format mmddyy
%TOMORROW% - returns tomorrow's date in the following format mmddyy
%TIME% - returns the current time of the start of the recording (EX: 22:30:45)
EXAMPLES

IMPORTLOG filename.txt
Imports a log called filename.txt using the Traffic format
IMPORTLOG filename.log, MUSIC
Imports a log called filename.log using the Music format
IMPORTLOG spots.txt, TRAFFIC
Imports a log called spots.txt using the Traffic format
IMPORTLOG %W.txt
Imports a log for tomorrow based on the 3 letter day of the week (i.e. mon.txt, tue.txt,
wed.txt, thu.txt, fri.txt, sat.txt, sun.txt)
IMPORTLOG %D%M%Y.log
Imports a log based on the Day, Month and Year (i.e. 060205.log, 060305.logi etc.)
IMPORTLOG KBSI%W.log
Imports a log for tomorrow, based on the filename KBSI followed by the three letter day
of the week (i.e. KBSIWED.log)
INSERTLOG
Inserts another specified Program Log into the current Program Log.
SYNTAX

INSERTLOG logname
The logname variable can be a full name as entered, or for more versatility can contain any of the
following meta-variables which Simian will substitute for the correct values each time the macro is
run. ALL VARIABLES ARE BASED ON THE CURRENT DAY’S DATE
(Continued next page)
____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 156
____________________________________________________________________________________
%DDD% - three letter day of week [Ex: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun]
%MM% - month [Ex: 01=January, 02=February, etc.]
%DD% - day [Ex: 01 through 31]
%YY% - two-digit year [Ex: 08 for 2008]
%YYYY% - four-digit year [Ex: 2008, 2009, 2010, etc.]
%HH% - current hour [24 hour cycle, Ex: 23 for 11:00pm]
%TODAY% - returns date in the following format mmddyy
%TOMORROW% - returns tomorrow's date in the following format mmddyy
%TIME% - returns the current time of the start of the recording (EX: 22:30:45)
EXAMPLE

INSERTLOG newshour
Inserts the newshour.bsi log into the current Program Log
TIP
There are a number of potential uses for this Macro, for example – calling a ‘rain stopped play’
log during a ball game; pre-compiling a magazine program (or news sequence) on a remote
machine and importing that log into the Program Log when it’s ready to air.
LOADHOTKEYS
Loads a specified HotKey set and uses this set as the current set
SYNTAX

LOADHOTKEYS setname
EXAMPLES

LOADHOTKEYS amdrive
LOADHOTKEYS overnight
TIP: To have a blank HotKey set, create a blank set entitled none and use the following:
LOADHOTKEYS none
LOADSERIAL
Loads a specified Serial set and uses this set as the current set (or unloads all sets using the
NONE parameter).
SYNTAX

LOADSERIAL setname/NONE
EXAMPLES

LOADSERIAL amdrive
LOADSERIAL overnight
LOADSERIAL NONE

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 157
____________________________________________________________________________________
LOADTRIGGERS
Loads a specified Triggers set and uses this set as the current set (or unloads all sets using the
NONE parameter).
SYNTAX

LOADTRIGGERS setname/NONE
EXAMPLES

LOADTRIGGERS amdrive
LOADTRIGGERS overnight
LOADTRIGGERS NONE

LOADSCHEDULED
Loads a specified Scheduled Events set and uses this set as the current set (or unloads all sets
using the NONE parameter).
SYNTAX

LOADSCHEDULED setname/NONE
EXAMPLES

LOADSCHEDULED amdrive
LOADSCHEDULED overnight
LOADSCHEDULED NONE

LOG
Although it will still work, the LOG Macro has largely been replaced by the more versatile CHAIN
Macro and we advise all customers to adopt CHAIN (as a Scheduled Event) instead of using the
older LOG Macro in the Program Log. The LOG Macro loads a specified Program Log or
generates a new one. Never run the LOG Macro as a timed immediate event.
SYNTAX

LOG LOAD/NEW logname

The logname can be a full name as entered, or for more versatility can contain any of the
following meta-variables which Simian will substitute for the correct values each time the macro is
run. ALL VARIABLES ARE BASED ON THE CURRENT DAY’S DATE
%TODAY% - returns date in the following format mmddyy
%TOMORROW% - returns tomorrow's date in the following format mmddyy
EXAMPLES

LOG LOAD welcome

Loads c:\bsi32\logs\welcome.bsi
LOG NEW
Creates a new untitled Program Log (it is not possible to give a new log a name until
events have been added to the log)

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 158
____________________________________________________________________________________
METADATA
Enables or disables automatic output of Metadata (AKA: PAD, UDP, or TCP data) as per the
settings on the Metadata tab of Simian’s Program Options.
SYNTAX

METADATA on/off
EXAMPLES

METADATA on
Enables UDP/TCP Metadata output if it is configured.
METADATA off
Disables UDP/TCP Metadata output.
MIXFADE
Fades (up or down) the specified Mix# for the specified duration. This Macro requires an audio
card with a hardware mixer.
SYNTAX

MIXFADE MIX#, START%, END%, MS, [STOP], [WAIT]

Mix#- the Mix# to fade (from 1 to 16)
Start% - the start volume level (from 100 to 0)
End% - the end volume level (from 0 to 100)
MS – the duration of the fade in milliseconds
STOP – this optional parameter will stop and unload any playing decks
WAIT – this optional parameter waits until the end of the fade before going to the next
event
EXAMPLES

MIXFADE 1,0,100,5000
Fades Mix1 from 0% (muted) to 100% (full) over 5,000ms
MIXFADE 1,100,5000
Fades Mix1 from 100% to 0% (full to muted) over 5,000ms
MIXFADE 2,80,10,10000, STOP, WAIT
Fades Mix2 from 80%-10% over 10 seconds. Unloads any decks that were playing and
then once the fade has finished starts the next event in the Program Log (if in full
Automation). This sort of fade won’t be very common but shows the flexibility available.
TIP
Use the MIXFADE Macro to opt in and out of satellite fed programming for a smooth fade in or
out, especially where the network is using filler music and you are rejoining slightly early; or you
are joining a program already in progress.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 159
____________________________________________________________________________________
MIXVOLUME
Sets the specified Mix# to the specified volume
SYNTAX

MIXVOLUME #, Volume% or
MIXVOLUME #, ON/OFF
EXAMPLES

MIXVOLUME 1, 100
MIXVOLUME 2, 0
Sets Mix1 volume to 100% (full) and Mix2 volume to 0% (muted)
MIXVOLUME 1, OFF
Prevents Mix1 being controlled by subsequent MIXVOLUME 1 Macros (until MIXVOLUME 1,
OFF is executed)
PAUSE
Pauses events for the specified number of seconds (though will not prevent a trigger or hotkey
from starting audio). Can be used in the main Program Log or within a Cart.
SYNTAX

PAUSE seconds
EXAMPLE

PAUSE 120 Causes the next event to be delayed by 120 seconds (2 minutes)
PAUSE 1.5 Causes the next event to be delayed by 1.5 seconds
TIP: Use a PAUSE 1 Macro when sending multiple commands to some external serial devices
which do not allow commands to be sent one after the other.
PLAYASYNC
Plays the specified audio file (or Cart) in the Async Deck (Deck #4)
SYNTAX

PLAYASYNC filename
EXAMPLE

PLAYASYNC filler
Plays filler.wav or filler.krt out of the Async Deck
TIP: When coupled with a DECKVOLUME 4 Macro, PLAYASYNC can be used for filler music
(catch-up music) by setting the volume of the deck to 0 prior to starting the stop set. At the end of
the stop set, a DECKFADE 4,0,100,3000 will fade up the already playing ASYNC deck.
The same feature can be used to ‘dip’ in and out of a long-form recording to play audio from the
main program log.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 160
____________________________________________________________________________________
PLAYDECK
Plays the specified (or Next) play deck. This Macro should NOT be used in the Program Log.
SYNTAX

PLAYDECK Deck#/NEXT
EXAMPLES

PLAYDECK 1
PLAYDECK 2
PLAYDECK 3

PLAYHOOKS
PLAYHOOKS allows you to ‘forward sell’ your hour by playing the hook portion of the songs that
are coming up.
The sequence automatically adds c:\bsi32\hooks\header.wav and ends with
c:\bsi32\hooks\tail.wav. If a c:\bsi32\hooks\zinger.wav exists, this will be played in between the
HOOKS of each song.
Before each file’s hook is added, Simian will look in C:\BSI32\Hooks\Artists\ for a filename of a
.wav file with the name of the artist of the hook. This allows you to record announcements for
each of your artist names and they will automatically be placed in your PLAYHOOKS playback.
If no HOOK is marked within the song, the first few seconds of the song will be played instead.
A threshold parameter safeguards against spots or jingles being played (all file lengths below that
threshold are ignored).
NOTE: All the files in c:\bsi32\hooks must be exactly the same audio format as your songs.
SYNTAX

PLAYHOOKS Events, Jump, Threshold

Events – the total number of events in the Program Log to play
Jump – the number of events to jump before playing the next hook
Threshold – only adds events greater than the specified threshold
EXAMPLE

PLAYHOOKS 4, 3, 61
Plays the hooks of 4 songs, jumping 3 songs each time and only playing files that are
longer than 61 seconds
TIP
By using the FILECOPY Macro, you can change the header.wav and tail.wav to add more variety
to the PLAYHOOKS announcements.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 161
____________________________________________________________________________________
RECORD
Controls recording (and playback) of Simian’s two built-in Record decks. Recordings are made
into the default record paths setup in Tools | Program Options | Paths
SYNTAX

RECORD START/STOP, DECK#, filename, duration, [description]

RECORD PLAYSTART/PLAYSTOP, DECK#, [filename]
START/STOP – controls recording of the DECK# specified (1 or 2)
PLAYSTART/PLAYSTOP – controls playback of the DECK# specified (1 or 2)
filename – the 8.3 filename for the recording (or optionally to playback)
duration – the length of the record. A duration of ‘0’ continues recording until the
RECORD STOP, DECK# Macro is executed.
description – allows you to ‘tag’ a recording with a Title Description
The filename and description can be a full name as entered, or for more versatility can contain
any of the following meta-variables which Simian will substitute for the correct values each time
the macro is run. ALL VARIABLES ARE BASED ON THE CURRENT DAY’S DATE
%DDD% - Three letter day of the week [Ex: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun]
%MM% or %M - Two-digit month [Ex: 01=January, 02=February, etc.]
%DD% or %D - Two-digit day of the month [Ex: 01 through 31]
%YY% or %Y - Two-digit year [Ex: 08 for 2008]
%YYYY% or %Z - Four-digit year [Ex: 2008, 2009, 2010, etc.]
%HH% - current hour [Ex: 24 hour cycle, Ex: 23 for 11:00pm]
%TODAY% - returns date in the following format mmddyy
%TOMORROW% - returns tomorrow's date in the following format mmddyy
%TIME% - returns the current time of the start of the recording [Ex: 22:30:45]
EXAMPLES

RECORD START, 1, 0600news, 180, 6am News

Records 0600news.wav in record deck #1 for 3 minutes with the Title Description ‘6am
News’
RECORD START, 2, rockshow%TODAY%, 0, Rock Show for %TODAY%
Records rockshow012808.wav in record deck #2 with the Title Description ‘Rock Show
for 012808’
RECORD STOP, 2
Stops Record Deck #1
RECORD PLAYSTART, 1
Plays back the last file recorded and still loaded in Record Deck #1
RECORD PLAYSTOP, 2
Stops playback in Record Deck #2 (Note that RECORD STOP,2 would have the same
effect)

(Continued next page)

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 162
____________________________________________________________________________________

RECORD PLAYSTART, 1, filename.wav

Plays back filename.wav in Record Deck #1
TIP: RECORD Macros are best run from the Scheduled Events rather than the main program
log. Recordings will overwrite files with the same filename automatically, so the same filenames
can be used repeatedly for the daily events.
RECORD Macros can also be stacked in a cart to record a program from a satellite network in
response to the incoming triggers for local breaks. This is useful for time-shifting programs.
In the example below, the satellite network sends a trigger for a 3 minute, 2 minute, then 1 minute
break. We use that trigger to start the same cart which sequences through the following
commands (the first recording is usually started as a timed event, but the breaks are ‘floating’):
RECORD STOP, 1
+ PAUSE 180
+ RECORD START, 1, part_2, 0, Program Part 2
RECORD STOP, 1
+ PAUSE 120
+ RECORD START, 1, part_3, 0, Program Part 3
RECORD STOP, 1
+ PAUSE 60
+ RECORD ….etc.

RECORDSOURCE
Selects a record source for the Audio Science Sound Card either by using the Card #, or the
Sound Card being used by the specified Record Deck.
SYNTAX

RECORDSOURCE CARD/DECK, DEVICE#, SOURCE#

CARD - selects the specified source on the specified Sound Card
DECK - selects the specified source on the Sound Card being used by the specified
Record Deck
DEVICE# - either the Sound Card or Record Deck
SOURCE# - the Sound Card input number
EXAMPLES

RECORDSOURCE CARD, 1, 2
Selects Line Input 2 for Sound Card 1
RECORDSOURCE DECK, 2, 3
Selects Line Input 3 for the Sound Card being used by Record Deck 2
RECORDSOURCE DECK, 1, 2
Selects Record Input 2 for Record Deck 1

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 163
____________________________________________________________________________________
RELAY
Controls an optional external relay
SYNTAX

RELAY #, ON/OFF/MS
EXAMPLE

RELAY 1, ON
Turns Relay 1 ON
RELAY 2, OFF
Turns Relay 2 OFF
RELAY 3, 500
Closes Relay 3 for 500ms (1/2 a second) and then opens Relay 3
TIP: Durations of up to 30000ms (30 seconds) can be used. For longer durations, use the
RELAY #, ON and RELAY #, OFF command as Scheduled Events or in the Program Log.
The number of relays available will depend on the external equipment being used.
REM
Remark or Comment in the Program Log which otherwise does nothing when in Automation
Mode. (In Live Assist mode, you will need to manually advance this item).
REM Macros are great ways of making the Program Log easier to navigate and read.
SYNTAX

REM description
EXAMPLES

REM This is the 6am Hour

REM Insert 3 Minutes of Local Spots Here
REM Put on coffee pot for morning guy
REM Time Marker for 13:45
REM ENDOFGAME
TIPS
Use a REM Macro as a timed event to align each hour correctly
Use a meaningful description as an aid to navigate the log or as a reminder
Use a short description, or label, to use as a place marker for the GOTO Macro (GOTO
ENDOFGAME would advance the Program Log to REM ENDOFGAME)
RESENDDECKDATA
Use this macro to resend the data for the Stream Encoder HTTP Call output, the TCP/UDP
Metadata, and Dynamic HTML outputs.
SYNTAX & EXAMPLE
RESENDDECKDATA (no variables required)

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 164
____________________________________________________________________________________
RESETASYNC
Resets the Async Deck, clearing any items currently playing or queued (stacked) to play.
SYNTAX & EXAMPLE
RESETASYNC (no variables required)

RESETCART
Resets the ‘next to play’ marker inside a Virtual Cart to the first item in the cart. This is useful
when using Virtual Carts for complicated sequences where it’s essential that the cart is at the first
item before being used.
SYNTAX

RESETCART cartname
EXAMPLE

RESETCART kk_rec
Resets the kk_rec.krt file and makes the first item in the cart the next to play
RESOLVECARTS
Removes carts from the program log and replaces them with their component elements. This
macro allows you to resolve all the carts in the Program Log, a specific line item in the Program
Log, a range of items in the Program Log, or all the carts between the currently playing item and
the next BACKTIME cued item in the Program Log.
Cart randomization or sequential order is respected when resolving carts (as configured in each
cart), and time windows and start and end dates/times are respected when resolving carts.
If AutoStart cued items are included in your carts (e.g. your cart plays more than one event each
time it is played), lines will be added to your program log to include them.
SYNTAX

RESOLVECARTS [LOG#/CURRENT/NEXT/ALL/BACKTIME/REMOVE]
[,LOG#/CURRENT/LAST]

LOG# is the index number of a line item in the Program Log

CURRENT is the currently loaded item in the Program Log (or line item of the next to play
deck if Simian is actively playing)
NEXT is the line item in the program log of the next main deck to play.
ALL specifies all the items in the program log
BACKTIME will resolve all carts from the current item in the program log to the next
BackTime (!) cued event in the program log
LAST is the last item in the program log
REMOVE will remove all previously resolved cart events from your Program Log and
restore the original cart events.

(Continued next page)

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 165
____________________________________________________________________________________
EXAMPLE
RESOLVECARTS
Resolves all carts in the program log (the same as specifying ALL as a variable). If
Simian is currently playing, carts will only be resolved below the currently playing item in
the program log.
RESOLVECARTS BACKTIME
Resolves all the carts between the currently playing item (or next to play item) and the
next BackTime (!) cued event in the Program Log.
RESOLVECARTS 55, LAST
Resolves all carts between line 55 and the end of the Program Log
RESOLVECARTS REMOVE
Removes all events in the program log which originated from resolved carts and restores
the carts they replaced.
SAVELOG
Saves any changes to the currently opened Program Log (will not save a Program Log with no
existing filename)
SYNTAX & EXAMPLE
SAVELOG (no variables required)

SAYTEMP
Plays a sequence of audio files to announce the current temperature (as previously obtained
using the GETWEATHER Macro)
First to play is c:\bsi32\times\temps\temp.wav, followed by xx.wav where xx is the current
temperature (if the temperature is below freezing, Simian will look for a file called –xx.wav),
.x.wav (where .x is the tenths of a degree, this is optional and does not need to be included if you
do not want tenths of a degree included with your announcement) and finally degrees.wav.
SYNTAX & EXAMPLE
SAYTEMP (no variables required)
TIPS
Take some extra time to record alternative temp.wav files and rotate these using randomized
FILECOPY Macros from within a cart. This will give you a different intro each time the SAYTEMP
Macro is used.
Record the temperature value and the word ‘degrees’ in the same xx.wav file (or -xx.wav files!)
for a smoother sound and then either optionally delete the degrees.wav file or use randomized
versions of the degrees.wav file to have different ‘back-sells’ to the weather forecast.
If you don’t have time to record all the temperatures, copy the same file between 70.wav and
79.wav and say ‘between 70 and 80 degrees today’
Omit the temp.wav file and use the xx.wav file to say ‘looks like we’re in for a cold one tonight
with temperatures down somewhere between minus 5 and minus 10 degrees’
With a little time, care and thought, you can sound really live even when you’re not there!

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 166
____________________________________________________________________________________
SAYTIME
Announces the current time (and optionally, the current temperature too)
c:\bsi32\times\header.wav is played first, followed by c:\bsi32\times\hours\hh.wav and finally
c:\bsi32\times\minutes\mm.wav where hh is the current hour and mm is the current minute.
SYNTAX

SAYTIME [/TEMP]
EXAMPLES
SAYTIME
Announces the current time
SAYTIME /TEMP
Announces the current time and temperature (providing the GETWEATHER Macro has
been executed)
TIPS
Use a series of FILECOPY commands in a randomized cart to change the header.wav file to
rotate the time announce intros.
SEGUE
Enable or disable Simian’s Segue function with this macro. Should you have a need to have
Segue enabled during part of your day and disabled at another (for instance, music as part of
your day and talk for another) you can use this macro from your Program Log or Scheduled
Events set. The optional segueMS variable allows you to change the default segue time as well.
SYNTAX

SEGUE on/off, [segueMS]

EXAMPLES

SEGUE on
Enables Segue functionality along with default segue time as it was previously set
SEGUE on, 1000
Enables Segue functionality, and sets the default Segue time to 1000 milliseconds (one
second)
SEGUE off
Disables all Segue functionality. All audio files will play in their entirety before the next
audio file in the program log is allowed to start.
SERIAL
Sends the specified text to the Serial Port. The text could be a command to an external serial
device (to control it) or data to be displayed on a billboard or with an RDS/RBDS encoder.
SYNTAX

SERIAL usertext
The usertext may be replaced or combined with the following meta-variables
%ARTIST% - the Artist tag data of the currently playing audio
%TITLE% - the Title tag data of the currently playing audio
(Continued next page)
____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 167
____________________________________________________________________________________
%DESC% - the description field in the Program Log (typically Artist and Title)
%ALBUM% - the Album tag data of the currently playing song
%GENRE% - the Genre tag data of the currently playing song
%YEAR% - the Year tag data of the currently playing song
%URL% - the URL tag data of the currently playing song
%PLAYDECK% - the currently playing Deck #
%LENGTH% - the length of the currently playing audio
%LENGTHMILS% - the length of the currently playing audio in milliseconds
%LENGTHSECONDS% - the length of the currently playing audio in seconds (with decimals)
%CATEGORY% - the category of the currently playing audio
%COPY% - the text from the COPY field of the currently playing audio
%COPYRIGHT% - the text from the COPYRIGHT field of the currently playing audio
%COMPOSER% - the text from the COMPOSER field of the currently playing audio
%CURTIME% - the current time in hhmmss format
%CURDATE% - the current date in mmddyy format
%PUBLISHER% - the text from the PUBLISHER field of the currently playing audio
%COMMENTS% - the text from the COMMENTS field of the currently playing audio
%SEGTIME% - the segue time of the currently playing audio
%STATIONID% - the STATION ID text from Simian’s Program Options
%PROGRAMLOG% - the name of the currently loaded Program Log
%WEATHERTEMP% - the current temperature obtained with the GETWEATHER macro
%CAPS% - causes all text for the SERIAL macro to be set to upper case
EXAMPLES

SERIAL hello world

Sends the text ‘hello world’ to the serial port
SERIAL Now Playing - %ARTIST% - %TITLE% Duration: %LENGTH%
Sends ‘Now Playing’ followed by the current Artist – Title ‘Duration:’ and finally the length
of the audio
SERIAL *0011
Control sequence of ASCII characters to activate a function on an external serial device
TIP
When used in conjunction with Serial Sets, the SERIAL Macro can control another Simian
machine (for streaming spot substitution, or split announcements etc.)
SERIALOPT
Sends the specified text to a secondary Serial Port (separate than the serial port configured
within Simian and used with the SERIAL macro above). The text could be a command to an
external serial device (to control it) or data to be displayed on a billboard or with an RDS/RBDS
encoder.
SYNTAX

SERIALOPT portnumber, usertext

The portnumber is the Com Port number for the data to be sent on. NOTE: The port
specified cannot be the same port as is selected in Simian’s Hardware Options as this
port will already be in use.
The usertext may be replaced or combined with the same meta-variables as are available
in the SERIAL macro listed above.
(Continued next page)

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 168
____________________________________________________________________________________
EXAMPLES

SERIALOPT 3, hello world

Sends the text ‘hello world’ to the Com 3 serial port
SERIALOPT 2, Now Playing - %ARTIST% - %TITLE% Duration: %LENGTH%
Sends ‘Now Playing’ followed by the current Artist – Title ‘Duration:’ and finally the length
of the audio to Com Port 2
SERIALOPT 4, *0011
Sends the control sequence of ASCII characters to activate a function on an external
serial device to Com Port .
SERIALPORT
Enables or disables output of serial data. This macro is useful when using your serial port to
output metadata to your RDS encoder or other device and you would like no output during
commercial breaks. Place this macro at the start and end of your breaks to turn off and back on
serial data output.
NOTE: This macro completely disables the serial comm port as configured in Simian. If you are
using a serial device for trigger/relay/audio switching, that device will be ignored while the serial
port is turned off. Use this macro with care.
SYNTAX

SERIALPORT on/off
EXAMPLES

SERIALPORT on
Turns the serial port on
SERIALPORT off
Turns the serial port off
SERIALRESET
Resets the main Serial Port. While SERIALOPT Macros open and close the serial ports, the
main Serial Port remains open all the time. This macro closes and re-opens the main Serial Port
to reset it.
SYNTAX & EXAMPLE
SERIALRESET (no variables required)

SETTIME
Sets the computer clock to the specified time. (Note that this requires certain Windows
permission rights that are not normally available to ‘restricted’ or ‘limited’ users).
SYNTAX

SETTIME HH:MM:SS
HH - hour in 24 hour military time
MM – minutes
SS – seconds
(Continued next page)

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 169
____________________________________________________________________________________
EXAMPLE

SETTIME 23:00:00
SETTIME 06:15:30

SHOWEATHER
Displays the Weather information window (the same as pressing CTRL-W)
Both a GETFORECAST and GETWEATHER Macro must have been executed previously to fully
populate the weather window.
SYNTAX & EXAMPLE
SHOWWEATHER (no variables required)

SORTLOGBYTIME
Sorts the current Program Log based on the times in the Scheduled Time column.
Typically, this Macro is used when Importing a Music and Traffic Log from different scheduling
software, to create one continuous chronological log.
SYNTAX & EXAMPLE
SORTLOGBYTIME (no variables required)

SOUNDHOUND
Toggles SoundHound refresh mode
SYNTAX

SOUNDHOUND Manual/Auto
EXAMPLES

SOUNDHOUND Manual
SoundHound must be refreshed manually to update the audio database
SOUNDHOUND Auto
SoundHound will refresh the database automatically
SPACEBAR
Has the same effect as pressing the computer’s SPACEBAR (which usually starts, or segues the
next event). This Macro should NOT be used in the Program Log.
SYNTAX & EXAMPLE
SPACEBAR (no variables required)

SPY
This Macro adds a specified text string to the Spyglass diagnostic output and is a useful tool for
testing and debugging Program Logs, Carts and Triggers etc.
SYNTAX
SPY textstring
EXAMPLES

SPY Trigger #7 Received

SPY Sports.krt has reached last item in cart

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 170
____________________________________________________________________________________
STARTNEXT
If the Play Decks are idle, the STARTNEXT Macro will start the next event in the Program Log.
Since this macro only has an effect when the Play Decks are already playing audio, using the
STARTNEXT macro with a trigger from your satellite receiver, inadvertently doubled closures will
have no effect. This Macro should NOT be used in the Program Log.
SYNTAX & EXAMPLE
STARTNEXT (no variables required)

STOPDECK
Stops the specified play deck. This Macro should NOT be used in the Program Log.
SYNTAX

STOPDECK DECK#/CURRENT
EXAMPLES

STOPDECK 2
Stops Play Deck 2 (if playing)
STOPDECK CURRENT
Stops the currently playing deck
STREAMDATA
Enables or disables automatic output of Streaming Data (AKA: HTTP request data) as per the
settings on the Streaming tab of Simian’s Program Options.
SYNTAX

STREAMDATA on/off
EXAMPLES

STREAMDATA on
Enables HTTP request data output if it is configured.
STREAMDATA off
Disables HTTP request data output.
TCPOUT
Sends text data to a port on the specified IP address via a TCP connection.
SYNTAX

TCPOUT IP Address, Port, Text

EXAMPLES

TCPOUT 192.168.0.90, 8000, Artist=%ARTIST% Title=%TITLE%

Would send the text string “Artist=The Faint Title=The Geeks Were Right” to 192.168.0.90:8000
via TCP connection if the currently playing item in Simian’s main decks was The Geeks Were
Right by The Faint.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 171
____________________________________________________________________________________
TIMEDBLOCKSTART
Uses FlexTime settings to force the following block of audio events listed in the Program Log to
run for the specified duration. (Useful for ensuring that a stop set runs for exactly 2 minutes when
the production department has made some 31 and 28 second commercials!)
A TIMEDBLOCKEND Macro is required at the end of the block.
As exact audio duration of an item in a cart is not known ahead of time, Simian is unable to utilize
this feature using Carts.
SYNTAX

TIMEDBLOCKSTART MM:SS
MM:SS is the desired length of the block in minutes and seconds
EXAMPLE

TIMEDBLOCKSTART 03:00
Forces the next block of events to run for exactly 3 minutes
TIMEDBLOCKEND
Marks the end of the timed block of events (see TIMEDBLOCKSTART)
SYNTAX & EXAMPLE
TIMEDBLOCKEND (no variables required)

TIMEEVENTS
Turns on or off timed and other automatic events
SYNTAX

TIMEEVENTS ON/OFF
EXAMPLES

TIMEEVENTS ON
Turns Scheduled Events on as well as any time-cued events in your program log.
TIMEEVENTS OFF
Turns Scheduled Events off as well as any time-cued events in your program log.
TIMESYNC
Turns on or off the TimeSync feature according to the options specified in Tools | Program
Options | General | Engage TimeSync | Settings
SYNTAX

TIMESYNC ON/OFF
EXAMPLES

TIMESYNC ON
Turns Simian’s trigger-based time synchronization function on.
TIMESYNC OFF
Turns Simian’s trigger-based time synchronization function off.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 172
____________________________________________________________________________________
TOPMOST
This Macro returns Windows ‘focus’ to Simian (makes Simian the Topmost program).
Occasionally, other programs on the computer or certain tasks in Simian can remove ‘focus’ from
Simian. When this happens, the Space Bar and other Keyboard commands are passed to the
program in ‘focus’ rather than Simian.
‘Focus’ is returned to Simian each time the TOPMOST Macro is executed.
SYNTAX & EXAMPLE
TOPMOST (no variables required)

TRIGGERS
Turns on or off incoming Triggers. This may be desirable during live assist programming so that
contact closures from your satellite receiver do not trigger Simian (though this is better handled
with different Trigger Sets)
SYNTAX

TRIGGERS ON/OFF
EXAMPLES

TRIGGERS ON
Enables Simian’s trigger functionality.
TRIGGERS OFF
Disables Simian’s trigger functionality; all received triggers are ignored.
TRIGGER
Activates the specified trigger of the currently loaded set. (The Macro is ignored if no Trigger Set
is loaded)
SYNTAX

TRIGGER #
The # of triggers available will be determined by the Trigger Interface fitted.
EXAMPLE

TRIGGER 5
Executes the event you have configured in trigger 5 of the currently loaded trigger set.
TRIMFILE
Trim silence from the start and end of a specified Wave or Mpeg2 file. The silence threshold is
user selectable in percent: 0% is complete silence while 100% is maximum volume. Tenths of a
percent are allowed with the threshold variable, and the Meta Variables utilized in FILECOPY and
FILEDELETE macros can be used in the FileName path.
SYNTAX

TRIMFILE FileName, Threshold

(Continued next page)

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 173
____________________________________________________________________________________
EXAMPLES

TRIMFILE D:\Audio1\ContentDepot\PMB%M%D%Y.wav, 1.5%

If today’s date was September 16, 2009, this would open the file “PMB091609.wav”
located in the directory D:\Audio1\ContentDepot\ and trim the front until a sample of 1.5%
of maximum volume was found, and trim the end of the file from the last instance of 1.5%
of maximum volume was found to the end of the file.
TRIMFILE C:\BSI32\Audio\My Audio File.wav, 3
As per above, this would trim the file “My Audio File.wav” found in C:\BSI32\Audio\ and
trim the front and back silence with a threshold of 3%.
NOTE: The percent symbol (“%”) is optional, including or omitting it will have no effect.
UDPOUT
Sends text data to a port on the specified IP address via a UDP connection.
SYNTAX

UDPOUT IP Address, Port, Text

EXAMPLES

UDPOUT 192.168.0.90, 8000, Artist=%ARTIST% Title=%TITLE%

Would send the text string “Artist=The Faint Title=The Geeks Were Right” to 192.168.0.90:8000
via UDP connection if the currently playing item in Simian’s main decks was The Geeks Were
Right by The Faint.
UPDATEDATABASE
Updates the entire audio database immediately (this may take some time if you have a large
audio library)
If Event Builder is open, you’ll notice it scroll to the top of the list when the update is complete.
SYNTAX & EXAMPLE
UPDATEDATABASE (no variables required)

UPDATEDESCRIPTIONS
Use this macro to automatically update the loaded program log with the current Category,
Description, and Duration of all the audio files referenced therein. This is useful for stations that
use pre-recorded segments from third parties (such as from Content Depot or AMB-OS devices)
and would like the descriptions in their program log updated with the actual descriptions from the
audio files.
This macro performs the same function as the Update Category, Descriptions, & Duration
option on the Log menu in Simian.
Run this macro from your Scheduled Events after your program is loaded or after a segment is
transferred/recorded.
SYNTAX & EXAMPLE
UPDATEDESCRIPTIONS (no variables required)

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 174
____________________________________________________________________________________

Contact Information
Headquarters: Broadcast Software International
909 International Way
Springfield, Oregon 97477
USA
Email: [email protected]

Sales: 1.888.274.8721
541.338.8588
Email: [email protected]

Technical Support: 541.342.5250

Support Center: http://support.bsiusa.com
Training 541.338.8588

Validation Codes: Visit http://www.bsiusa.com/codes to submit a validation code request.

Fax: 541.338.8656

Web Site: www.bsiusa.com

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 175
____________________________________________________________________________________

Other Products From BSI and Our Partners

Music Store—BSI now offers over 45,000 songs in a wide variety of digital formats. Contact Sales for
information on titles, formats and pricing.
Natural Log—Traffic and Billing system from Natural Software. Offers traffic, billing, reporting, data
backup/restore capabilities, account receivable and payables and end of month closing features. Natural
Log can handle two stations within a single billing environment and an unlimited number of separately
billed stations.
Natural Music—Music Scheduling system from Natural Software. Gives you substantial control over
your playlist. The single keystroke interface lets you move through the program quickly and easily. You
can schedule up to 99 different music categories by day part and separation. Tempo and style
information can be used to design a unique sound for your station.
SkimmerPlus -- Easy Audio Logging and Skimmer. SkimmerPlus can record in linear PCM and
compressed audio file formats at the same time. Includes web playback module and built-in web server
for easy access to recorded audio.
Speedy—Automated CD-to-PC dubbing. The recording system automatically dubs, names and tags files
each song for you. Transfer one, several or all tracks easily and audition songs before dubbing if desired.
Stinger—Instant Audio Player that gives you fast, easy access to your sound effects, liners, beds and
bits. Up to 288 audio cuts can be instantly available for playback in Stinger and each audio cut has its
own on-screen description and button which can be color-coded. Supports drag and drop manipulation.
WaveCart—On-screen “cart machine” that displays up to ten decks audio files and giving you
instantaneous, crystal clear playback. WaveCart supports spot rotation and it can also play more than
one spot at a time.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 176
____________________________________________________________________________________

Vendor Contact Information

AudioScience, Inc.
Manufacturers of audio cards recommended by BSI.
Phone: 302-324-5333 Fax: 302-235-7110 www.audioscience.com

Broadcast Tools
Manufacturers of trigger and relay devices and audio switching devices used with BSI software.
Phone: 360-854-9559 Fax: 866-783-1742 www.broadcasttools.com/

Natural Broadcast Systems

Manufacturers of Natural Music and Natural Log software.
Phone: 210-349-5808 Fax: 210-344-7567 www.nat-soft.com

Legal Information
Limited Warranty
Broadcast Software International warrants that all disks provided are free from defects in material and
workmanship, assuming normal use, for a period of 15 days from the date of purchase.
Broadcast Software International warrants that the program will perform in substantial compliance with
the documentation supplied with the software product. If a significant defect in the product is found, the
Purchaser may return the product for a refund. In no event will such a refund exceed the purchase price
of the product.
EXCEPT AS PROVIDED ABOVE, BROADCAST SOFTWARE INTERNATIONAL DISCLAIMS ALL
WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH
RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, THE PURCHASER
ASSUMES THE RISK OF PAYING THE ENTIRE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR,
OR CORRECTION AND ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT WILL
BROADCAST SOFTWARE INTERNATIONAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
(INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS, BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION AND THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE USE,
OR THE INABILITY TO USE, THIS PRODUCT EVEN IF BROADCAST SOFTWARE INTERNATIONAL
HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Possession and/or use of this product for more than 24 hours constitutes your acceptance of this
agreement and subjects you to its contents.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 177
____________________________________________________________________________________

GLOSSARY
Adobe Audition (formerly CoolEdit)
A software application used for audio production/editing that can be launched from within Simian. It is a
digital audio recorder and editor that allows you to manipulate your audio files. It includes numerous
special effects modules and can mix up to 128 tracks together using just about any sound card.
Amplitude
Relates to sound waves. Technically, it is the difference between the highest point and zero point of a
wave. On a wave form display, a low amplitude, quiet wave would be one that would vary much less (up
and down), while a louder waveform would vary more.
AudioScience
A supplier of high quality audio cards. Most AudioScience audio cards support the features required for a
fully realized Simian system.
APP (Application)
A software program or executable. A file with an “.exe” or “.bat” extension.
Asynchronous Deck
An additional playback deck in Simian (also known as deck #4), which plays asynchronous audio events
such as those activated by a HotKey or Trigger. This deck allows you to monitor events that are not listed
as a scheduled event in the log. Display or hide the asynchronous deck using the Async menu.
Automation
The replacement of manual tasks by computerized methods.
AutoMute
A feature used in satellite automation. It mutes the mixer during WAV file playback so you don’t need to
use Relays to “kill” network audio.
AutoStep
A menu command that tells Simian to automatically continue to the next line after it has finished playing
or executing the current event creating a “stream” or “chain” of events. If AutoStep is “ON” for an event, a
"+" mark will be displayed in the “Cue” column. AutoStep can be activated by highlighting an event and
hitting the “+” key on your keyboard or by selecting the Auto Start option in the Event Builder for the
selected event.
Auxiliary
Supplementary equipment or features that provide additional capabilities to a basic system. Examples of
Auxiliary equipment in Simian are the “Triggers” or “audition” path (channel) assigned to your sound card
(audio device).
BPM (Beats Per Minute)
Beats per minute is a way of measuring a song’s tempo. It is usually based on a segment of a song and
is not necessarily the average of the entire song. To measure the BPM, open the song in Adobe
Audition. Highlight an area that has one bar, which can be just a small sample that repeats itself
throughout the music (if you looped this bar it would make a long beat -- this is how you know you have
selected a bar). Now make sure it runs smoothly, meaning it doesn't cut any part of the beat off. When
you do this go to Edit > Edit Tempo. With just one bar selected, click Extract. This will change the BPM
box at the bottom. You just have to make sure you select the right section, which would just be one
repeating section of music throughout your audio.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 178
____________________________________________________________________________________
Cart
A list of two or more audio events to be played in a virtual loop (AutoStart Cart), or played signally (a
Randomized Cart or a SmartCart), which are associated with a single Event name (cart number). For
example, if an advertiser had two audio segments (spots) they wanted to run alternately (in a 50/50
rotation), you would enter both “cuts” in a Simian Cart event and they would play alternately. Carts in
Simian are data lists that contain the names of WAV files, not the actual audio data. Because of this,
multiple carts can include the same audio file without taking up additional hard drive space. These files
can be recognized by the extension .KRT. For example, a cart called TEST would actually be a file
named TEST.KRT.
Category
A type specification assigned to all events in a program log. A means of grouping a collection of similar
files. 11 categories in Simian are predefined. They are App, Audio, Comment, Log, Macro, Rec1, Rec2,
Script, Text, Video and Vtrack.
Channel
A path in an audio circuit. It can refer to an incoming stream or input, an output, a recording channel or
path, playback channel, preview channel, etc.
Computer Boards (Now Measurement Computing)
A supplier of digital audio equipment, now known as Measurement Computing Corporation. BSI uses
Computer Boards as their main vendor for hardware such as the Input/Output card that lets your PC
interface with external devices such as a Satellite receiver or tape recorder.
Configuration Settings
Simian’s program options that can be modified by the user. Configuration settings tell Simian where to
look for files, what settings to turn on automatically at startup and what hardware is installed, among other
things. They are settings that vary depending on a user’s individual requirements and system.
Configuration settings are found in the Tools menu.
Cool Edit
Audio Editing software application which was sold to Adobe©. See: Adobe Audition
Crash Recovery
A Simian option that, when activated, keeps a copy of the current log in case of a power outage. The log
can be reloaded as it was last displayed before the interruption. Simian must be placed in your Windows
Startup folder and Event Logging must be ON for recovery to take place. This feature uses extra CPU
resources and is only recommended when necessary (for example, if power outages are frequent or
expected).
Cue
An indicator. In Simian, it is the column in the program log area that shows you how the event (song,
command, etc.) is going to behave when its time has come. A cue is also an indicator that tells you
where you are within a particular song. For example the “outcue” for a song would be the last few words
sung—indicating to the jock that the song is ending. To “cue up” a song means to make sure it’s properly
set before it’s aired. This requires a special “auditioning” circuit or channel on your audio card so you can
“preview” sound on one channel while another one is used for broadcasting.
Cut
A song.
Device
A device can be part of a professional audio card (a multi-device sound card lets you playback more than
one file at a time) or it can be any machine or component that attaches to a computer, such as a printer,
disk drive, mouse, etc.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 179
____________________________________________________________________________________
DirectSound
Microsoft Windows 98/2000/NT/XP include an audio capability called DirectSound. Simian, WaveCart
and STINGER support DirectSound, but DirectSound is very limited in its capabilities. With the exception
of STINGER, DirectSound should be used for test and demonstration purposes only. It is not stable or
efficient enough for long-term on-air or other professional use. DirectSound was developed by Microsoft
as part of its DirectX gaming technology. It is meant to allow for the playback of short overlapping, non-
compressed audio files during game play. It was not designed for and is not reliable enough to use for
professional automation playback.
Dongle
A small hardware device that attaches to a computer and holds validation information. Simian cannot be
run full-time without a dongle.
Driver (Device Driver)
A file or program that allows your peripheral devices (non-essential hardware) to communicate with your
operating system software. It contains the precise machine language required to perform the functions
requested by software applications.
Duplex playback/record audio card
Duplex playback audio cards have two or more channels instead of one for your digital audio to play
through. This means you can do two things at once in terms of playing or recording sound. For example,
it provides you with the ability to overlap spots or songs, creating seamless segues.
Editor Mode
See Production Mode.
End Date
The last valid date a particular audio file is scheduled to be used.
Event
An entry in a program log or List Item. Different types of Events are Application, Text/Tag, Audio, Macro,
Recording, NetShow Scripts, Program Logs, and Video.
Event Variables
A number of variables which can be configured in the bottom section of the Event Builder. They include
Cue, Category, and Scheduled Time.
Fade
A gradual increase or decrease in volume levels.
Frequency
The number of complete sound wave repetitions (cycles) in a given time period. Sound waves and the
electrical signals that represent sound waves in an audio circuit range from a frequency of about 20 to
20,000 repetitions per second. The frequency of a wave determines the pitch we perceive, and is
measured in cycles per second, or Hertz (Hz).
GPI/O
General Purpose Input/Output. These devices are used to create and respond to electrical contact
closures. They correspond directly to Simian’s Trigger and Relay (Switcher) functionality.
Hertz
The unit of measurement for frequency of oscillation of a sound wave, equal to 1 cycle per second.
Abbreviated Hz. KHz is the abbreviation for kilohertz, or 1000 Hertz.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 180
____________________________________________________________________________________
Hooks
A hook is a segment of an audio cut that contains the most familiar refrain. It is comparable to a movie
trailer or preview. Hooks are set like tones in the Info Editor. By marking hooks in your songs, you can
then add them to a "hooks cart" to play as a preview of upcoming music.
HotKeys
Shortcut keys. HotKeys give live-assist operators (disk jockeys, news people, etc.) the ability to instantly
fire pre-programmed functions, including playing audio files, loading Program Logs, displaying text files,
and launching applications. A HotKey can launch any Simian Event.
I/O Card (Expansion board)
An I/O or Input/Output card is a printed circuit board that plugs into a “port” in your PC and extends the
computer’s ability to control another peripheral device. In other words, it allows you to communicate with
other equipment like satellites, tape recorders and most importantly, the coffee machine. All the boards
(cards) that plug into a personal computer's bus are expansion boards, such as display adapters, disk
controllers and sound cards (audio adaptors).
Intro Time
The “Intro" or Introduction time is useful for Disk Jockeys who want to "talk up" a song. It is the length of
time before the first vocal or music bridge in a song.
Liner
Details given by a Disk Jockey on-air.
Log
See Program Log.
List item
Any of a number of Simian interfaces such as Carts and Sets. These are simply lists of Events.
Live-Assist
The combination of manual and computerized operation of software.
Macros
Commands with user-defined parameters that lets you control functions such as adjusting the auxiliary
and WAV volume of your system, creating programmed fades and setting your system time. They differ
from macros used in other Windows applications in that Simian macros are not scripts (a recorded series
of keystrokes assigned to a single shortcut key), but rather execute single meta commands with user-
defined parameters. Simian macros are preset and users cannot create new ones at this time.
Memorized Events
Events that have been added to the Memorized Events window list. This window stores frequently used
events, which is especially useful for macro or Trigger commands that can be complex or tedious to enter
repeatedly.
Mixer
A tool used to combine various audio signals into a common output. The Simian mixer is designed
specifically to let you control the input and output audio volume levels of your system.
Mono
A single digital audio channel (as opposed to stereo).
Natural Log
Traffic and Billing system from Natural Software. Offers traffic, billing, reporting, data backup/restore
capabilities, account receivable and payables and end of month closing features. Natural Log can handle
two stations within a single billing environment as well as an unlimited number of separately billed clients.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 181
____________________________________________________________________________________
Natural Music
Music scheduling system from Natural Software. Gives you substantial control over your music play list.
The single keystroke interface lets you move through the program quickly and easily. You can schedule
up to 99 different music categories by daypart and separation. Tempo and style information can be used
to design a unique sound for your station.
Measurement Computing
A supplier of digital control equipment. BSI uses Measurement Computing hardware for hardware such
as the Input/Output card that lets your PC interface with external devices such as a Satellite receiver or
tape recorder (AKA: GPIO).
MSMS (NetShow)
A Microsoft application and platform for streaming compressed audio/video over the Internet and
Intranets.
Non-Sequential Start
An option used to start events that you want to execute at a certain time, but aren’t related to the
scheduled events in the current program log. For example, if you want to record a program from a
satellite feed at a certain time. Instead of putting a specific Event in the log, you can just put a non-
sequential at the very end of the log and give it a “Non-Sequential Start” Cue in the Event Builder. Non-
Sequential events are now independently executed using the Simian Scheduler.
Overlap (Double, Triple)
Playing multiple audio files at the same time. A double overlap means two files can be heard, a triple
means three files can be heard. This capability requires that you have multiple audio playback devices
available simultaneously.
Peripheral Device
Any hardware device connected to a computer (CPU), such as a monitor, keyboard, printer, disk, tape,
graphics tablet, scanner, joystick, paddle and mouse.
Production Mode
An inexpensive way to have a second copy of Simian to use for production tasks. This is provided so
users can edit logs and carts remotely. Everything will work in this mode except for automated audio
playback from the Main Decks. Check out the Session section of Chapter 3 for more information.
Program Log
A list of items to be played by Simian in chronological order. The log is displayed on the left of the Main
Window. Entries, or items in the log are called Events.
Relay Rack (Switcher)
The circuit board and rack-mount box in a Switcher Kit.
Sampling (Digitizing)
The process of converting an analog to digital signal is known as digitizing or sampling. With audio, the
analog waveform is chopped into a number of slices per second. At each slice, the amplitude is
measured and rounded to the nearest available value. The more chops per second (sampling rate) and
the finer the values assignable to the amplitude (dynamic range), the better the representation of the
original.
Sample Rate
The rate at which the data in an analog audio signal is measured to form a digital representation of the
sound wave. In a computer, it is impossible to work with an infinite amount of data, which is what would
be required if a continuous wave were to be represented digitally inside the machine, so at every possible
instant in time we would have the measured value of the waveform at that instant. For this reason, it is
necessary to sample sound wave data. Sampling means breaking a wave at various intervals and using

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 182
____________________________________________________________________________________
a single measured value to represent all the values in each interval. By dividing the waveform like this,
one second of audio can now be represented by a finite number of values. The sample rate is the
number of measurements taken per one second of audio.
SayTime
Accessory software that allows Simian to say the time of day. SayTime is customizable for your own
voices and the time statement can include a station header (WKRP News time is…). There is also a
macro command with the format SAYTIME.
SayTemp
Accessory software that allows Simian to actually speak the current temperature. SayTemp is
customizable for your own voices and the time statement can include a header (Current temperature in
Cincinnati is…).
Sectone
“Sectone” or “Sec Tone” is a broadcast term related to the use of magnetic tape cartridges or carts.
Sectone is short for secondary tone and indicates the point, or cue, near the end of a song where it’s OK
to begin playing the next event. It is the starting point of the “Segue”.
Segue
A transition between two audio segments. The segue length is the time during which two consecutive
audio segments overlap or are played simultaneously. The sectone setting determines the segue length.
Sound
When objects vibrate or collide, they produce an excitation of the molecules in the surrounding air. If the
resulting vibrations are within a certain frequency range, we sense it in our eardrums as a change in air
pressure. Our brain then interprets this as sound. Sound waves move in all directions outward from the
original disturbance like the ripples created from a stone dropped in a pool of water.
When sound is recorded through a microphone, the changes in air pressure cause the microphone's
diaphragm to move in a similar way to that of the eardrum. These minute movements are then converted
into changes in electrical signals. All sound cards generally produce sound in this way, only in reverse.
They create or play back sound waves. The changes in voltage are then amplified, causing the
loudspeaker to vibrate, which in turn cause air pressure changes which are interpreted by humans as
sound.
The frequency range of vibrations felt by humans is between 20 and 20,000 cycles per second. This
gives us the sensation of pitch, harmonics, tone and overtones. Frequency is measured in Hertz (Hz).
One Hertz is one wave repetition or cycle per second.
Sound Card
The expansion board in your PC that enables it to play or record digital audio files. The modern PC
sound card contains several hardware systems relating to the production and capture of audio. The main
systems capture and replay digital audio. Sound waves from these systems are produced by playing a
digitized (or sampled) sound.
The digital audio section of a sound card consists of a matched pair of digital-to-analogue (DAC) and
analogue-to-digital (ADC) converters and a programmable sample rate generator. The computer reads
the sample data to or from the converters.
SoundHound
An application that manages your audio file database. It sits on your Windows taskbar and can be
accessed by double-clicking the binoculars icon. Auto launch and exit functions for SoundHound are in
the Tools/Hardware Options menu in the Playback tab.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 183
____________________________________________________________________________________
Speedy (BSI Product)
Automated CD-to-PC dubbing. The recording system automatically dubs, names and tags each song for
you. Transfer one, several or all tracks easily. Audition songs before dubbing if desired. Speedy does
not dub faster than normal dubbing -- it automates the process.
Spot
A commercial or advertisement.
Start Date
The first scheduled date for use of an audio file.
Stereo
Two channels playing spatially related audio signals.
Stinger (BSI Product)
Instant Audio Player that gives you fast, easy access to your sound effects, liners, beds and bits. Up to
288 audio cuts can be instantly available for playback in Stinger and each has its own on-screen
description and button which can be color-coded. Supports drag and drop manipulation.
Streaming Audio
Audio transmission over a data network. The term implies a one-way transmission to the listener, in which
both the client and server cooperate for uninterrupted sound. The client side buffers a few seconds of
audio data before it starts sending it to the speakers, which compensates for momentary delays in packet
delivery.
Switcher
A General Purpose Output device that creates contact closures via the RELAY macro in Simian.
An electronic signal is sent from Simian to an external device such as a tape recorder or satellite.
Switches are sent through a special device on an audio card or specific purpose I/O card. Depending on
the input hardware you install, up to 24 Triggers can be programmed to launch various events. The
settings for the Triggers can be saved as sets. The sets can be changed via the program log so that
Simian can perform different functions with different sets loaded. This is very useful for stations that use
more than one broadcast network.
Switcher Kit
A BSI product that includes the hardware, software and drivers necessary to control external devices
through Simian. The kit includes an I/O card, a circuit board with 24 external Relays to switch external
audio and control lines and all the necessary cables and software. Switcher commands can be executed
via the program log, a HotKey or Trigger.
Tag
A live “add-on” to a commercial spot. A piece of text typically read by a Jock after a generic commercial
which customizes the ad by giving additional local or specialized information.
Time Events
Includes “Timed Start Immediate”, “Timed Start Next”, and “Timed Non-Sequential” events. These will
occur at the time set in the time box (in 24-hour time) regardless of whether something is already playing
or not. Time events are indicated by an "@", “#”, or “N” sign in the "Cue" column of the program log. The
scheduled time is indicated in the “Scheduled” column. Start Next events are similar to Timed Start
events, except that they will allow currently playing audio file to finish before they start.
Time-Shift Recording
A new feature of Simian that allows you to record and playback a file simultaneously. This means you
can start recording a network program (via satellite for example) and begin playing it back on-air at a
scheduled time even though the program is still recording at the other end of the file. Previously, you

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 184
____________________________________________________________________________________
would have to wait for the entire recording process to complete, close the file, and then reopen it and play
it back. This would often disrupt schedules unnecessarily.
TimeSync
A macro command which turns time synchronization on or off. Example: TIMESYNC ON would tell
Simian to look for a time synchronization Trigger according to the TimeSync settings established in
Tools/Program Options on the General tab.
Traffic System
A software system used to manage commercial scheduling and billing functions.
Triggers
An electronic signal from an external source such as a satellite that is received and interpreted by Simian.
Triggers are received through the PC game port or a special I/O card.
Trigger Kit
The BSI Triggers Kit provides Simian with 24 incoming “Triggers” to respond to external contact closures
from satellite receivers, audio mixers, tape decks and other equipment. The kit includes an I/O card with
resistors installed, a connection cable, a MINI-37 terminal board and software drivers as well as the
installation and wiring documentation for the kit.
Voice Track
A digital audio segment of a voice recording associated with one or more songs (cuts). A Voice Track
can serve as an introduction to a cut (also called “talking up” or making an “intro”), as an announcement
after the cut has played (a “back announcement”) or as a “bridge” which gives information about what has
just played and also what is coming up next.
Wave file
A standard sound (audio) file in Microsoft Windows. Wave files have the file extension WAV.
WaveCart (BSI Product)
On-screen “cart machine” that displays up to ten decks full of audio files and gives you instantaneous,
crystal clear playback. WaveCart supports spot rotation and can also play more than one spot at a time.

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 185
____________________________________________________________________________________

Index
Decks · 64
DECKVOLUME · 147
!, #, @, + Description/Tones Tab · 91
DHCP · 36
!-Cue · 84 Drive Mapping · 39
#-Cue · 84 Dynamic HTML · 108
@-Cue · 83
+-Cue · 83
E
A Edit Menu · 120
ENTERKEY · 148
About Tab · 93, 94 Event Builder · 8, 18, 83
Add Folder · 7 Event Log · 127
ADDEVENT · 143 Event Logs · 80, 81
ADPCM · 16 Events · 17
Album Tab · 92
ALLSTOP · 144
Alternative Network · 39 F
App Tab · 87
Audio File Formats · 15 File Menu · 120
Audio List · 65, 79, 86 FILECOPY · 149
Authoring Tab · 92 FILEDELETE · 150
Automation · 108 FLEXTIME · 150
AUTOMATION · 144 FTP · 150
Automation Modes · 107 Full Automation · 107
AutoReplace · 59
AutoReplacement · 128
AutoStart · 8
G
GETFORECAST · 152
B GETWEATHER · 152
BackTime · 105, 122
Bits-per-Sample · 15
BSI Menu · 124 H
Hard Drive Setup · 35
Hardware Key · 24
C Help Menu · 124
High Priority · 30
Carts · 17, 94, 96 Hot Swap · 39
categories · 130 HOTKEY · 153
Categories · 49 HotKeys · 99
CHAIN · 145 HotKeys Panel · 66
Chaining Logs · 71 HTML · 108
Character Delimited · 75 HTMLTEXT · 153
Comment Tab · 90
Commercial Tab · 93
Contact Information · 175
Crash Recovery · 59, 127 I
Cue · 83
Cue Up · 8 Importing and Merging Logs · 74
IMPORTLOG · 155
Info Editor · 91
INSERTLOG · 156
D Installation · 113
Installing Simian · 24
Database Bloat · 37 Interface · 63
DECKFADE · 147 Internet Gateway · 36
____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 186
____________________________________________________________________________________
Internet sharing · 36 Production · 33
Production Mode · 33
Products · 176
K Program Log · 65
Program Log Settings · 129
Program Logs · 67, 69
Keyboard Shortcuts · 111

L R
RECORD · 162
Live Update · 40
Record Panel · 65
Live-Assist · 107
Record Tab · 86
LOADHOTKEYS · 157
Recording · 100
LOADSCHEDULED · 158
RECORDSOURCE · 163
LOADSERIAL · 157
RELAY · 164
LOADTRIGGERS · 158
Relays · 45, 106, 116
LOG · 158
REM · 164
Log Menu · 121
Remote Access · 36
Log Tab · 88
RESETASYNC · 164, 165
Logs · 17
RESETCART · 165

M S
Macro · 143
Sample Rate · 16
Macros · 98
SAVELOG · 166
Manual Cue · 83
SAYTEMP · 166
Memorized Events · 105
SAYTIME · 167
Merging Logs · 74
Scheduled Events · 106
Mixer Panel · 66
Script Tab · 90
Mixers · 54, 99
Security Options · 57
MIXFADE · 159
SERIAL · 167, 168
MIXVOLUME · 160
Serial Communication · 45
MP3 · 16
Serial Communications · 107, 116
MPEG · 16
Sessions · 33
MSMS Menu · 123
Sets · 17
SETTIME · 169
SHOWEATHER · 170
N SORTLOGBYTIME · 170
SoundHound · 7, 30
N Cue · 84 SPACEBAR · 170
Networking Simian · 34 SPY · 170
Spyglass · 56
STARTNEXT · 171
O Startup Options · 126
Static IP · 36
STOPDECK · 171
Options · 41
Subst · 40
Support · 117
Synchronizing Audio Files · 39
P System Requirements · 11

Path Configuration · 30
Paths · 38 T
PAUSE · 160
Pitch Shift · 104
TCP/IP Settings · 35
PLAYASYNC · 160
Technical Support · 117
Playback Decks · 64
Text/Tag Tab · 89
PLAYDECK · 161
The Macro Tab · 88
PLAYHOOKS · 161
Time & Date · 64
Position Dependent · 77
TIMEDBLOCKEND · 172
Problems · 113, 115

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 187
____________________________________________________________________________________
TIMEDBLOCKSTART · 172
TIMEEVENTS · 172
V
Time-Shift · 101
TimeSync · 60, 128 Validating Simian · 29
TIMESYNC · 172 Video Tab · 89
Tools Menu · 123 Virtual Cart · 143
TOPMOST · 173 VoiceTrack · 58, 102
TRIGGER · 173 VoiceTrack Panel · 66
Triggers · 44, 106, 116 VU Meters · 64
TRIGGERS · 173

W
U
Window Menu · 124
UNC path · 34
UPDATEDATABASE · 174

____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 188